1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
43 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
44 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
46 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
48 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
49 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
50 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
51 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading,chapterprefix,numbers=noenddot
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes false
128 \output_changes false
137 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
147 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
152 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
153 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
180 \begin_inset Note Note
183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
184 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
185 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
200 LatexCommand tableofcontents
207 \begin_layout Chapter
211 \begin_layout Section
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
217 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
229 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 , tidak perlu menyatakan
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
255 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
256 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
260 \begin_layout Standard
261 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
274 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
275 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
278 \begin_layout Standard
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
291 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
292 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
293 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
294 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
295 ini adalah buku panduan
296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
310 \begin_layout Section
311 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
316 bagian atas jendela kerja.
317 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
318 berbagai tombol bantuan.
319 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
323 \begin_layout Standard
324 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
326 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
327 merupakan kesengajaan.
328 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
329 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
330 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
332 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
333 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
334 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
335 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
336 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
337 yang melebihi area kerja.
338 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
339 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
340 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
341 dan melebihi area kerja.
344 \begin_layout Standard
345 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
346 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
353 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
358 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
359 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
367 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
375 \begin_layout Section
379 \begin_layout Standard
380 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
385 buku panduan dalam LyX.
386 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
390 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
393 \begin_layout Section
395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
397 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
404 \begin_layout Standard
405 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
406 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
407 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
408 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
409 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
415 \begin_inset Index idx
418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
425 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
426 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
427 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
428 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
431 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
435 \begin_inset Index idx
438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
439 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
445 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
446 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
449 \begin_layout Section
451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
453 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
460 \begin_layout Standard
461 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
462 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
464 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
465 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
466 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
469 \begin_layout Standard
470 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
472 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
473 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
474 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
478 \begin_layout Standard
479 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
482 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
501 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
502 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
504 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
512 \begin_inset Note Note
515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
516 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
524 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
525 More about TeX Code is described in section
530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
532 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
536 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
543 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
553 \begin_inset Index idx
556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
557 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
562 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
563 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
565 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
570 \begin_layout Chapter
571 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
574 \begin_layout Section
575 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
576 \begin_inset Index idx
579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
588 \begin_layout Standard
589 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
593 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
594 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
597 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_inset Graphics
602 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
610 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_inset Graphics
635 filename ../../images/file-open.png
643 \begin_layout Itemize
649 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_inset Graphics
656 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
664 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Itemize
708 \begin_layout Itemize
714 \begin_layout Itemize
720 \begin_inset Graphics
721 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
729 \begin_layout Itemize
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
738 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
739 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
741 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
752 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
753 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
754 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
755 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
756 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
763 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
770 \begin_layout Standard
787 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
793 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
794 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
813 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
814 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
822 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
823 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
824 Dengan operasi berkas
832 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
833 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
836 \begin_layout Section
837 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
838 \begin_inset Index idx
841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
850 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
857 \begin_layout Standard
858 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
859 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
860 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
861 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
862 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
863 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
871 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
872 fitur suntingan lainnya.
873 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
874 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
875 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
878 \begin_layout Itemize
884 \begin_inset Graphics
885 filename ../../images/cut.png
893 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_inset Graphics
900 filename ../../images/copy.png
908 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_inset Graphics
915 filename ../../images/paste.png
923 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
937 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
947 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
961 \begin_inset Graphics
962 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
974 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
975 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
984 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
989 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
990 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
991 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
993 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
997 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1001 \begin_inset Index idx
1004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1010 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1044 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1047 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1065 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1066 yang disisipkan dalam
1071 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1076 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1080 \begin_layout Standard
1081 \begin_inset Index idx
1084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1091 \begin_inset Index idx
1094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1102 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1121 akan membuka jendela dialog
1124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1134 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1136 Dengan menekan tombol
1140 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1154 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1155 Jika anda menekan tombol
1160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1167 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1175 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1215 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1216 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1228 , maka pencarian kata
1229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1273 tidak akan menemukan
1274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1289 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1291 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1293 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1294 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1298 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1306 \begin_layout Section
1307 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1308 \begin_inset Index idx
1311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1330 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1338 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1339 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1341 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1344 atau dari tombol bantuan
1349 \begin_inset Graphics
1350 filename ../../images/undo.png
1355 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1356 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1358 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1363 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1364 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1366 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1369 atau dengan menekan tombol
1370 \begin_inset Graphics
1371 filename ../../images/redo.png
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1381 disimpan, status dokumen
1382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1389 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1390 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1393 \begin_layout Standard
1402 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1403 Namun demikian proses
1411 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1415 \begin_layout Section
1417 \begin_inset Index idx
1420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1430 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1433 \begin_layout Enumerate
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1444 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1449 \begin_layout Enumerate
1450 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1454 \begin_layout Itemize
1459 kemudian seret tetikus.
1460 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1461 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1464 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1470 \begin_layout Itemize
1471 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1472 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1474 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1481 \begin_layout Enumerate
1482 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1486 \begin_layout Standard
1491 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1492 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1497 \begin_layout Enumerate
1502 \begin_layout Standard
1507 pada sel tabel akan membuka dialog pengaturan lanjut pada tabel.
1511 \begin_layout Section
1513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1515 name "sec:Navigating"
1520 \begin_inset Index idx
1523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1532 \begin_layout Standard
1533 LyX menyediakan dua cara navigasi dalam dokumen:
1536 \begin_layout Itemize
1541 memaparkan semua bagian yang ada dalam dokumen yang bisa anda klik untuk
1542 melihat bagian dokumen tersebut.
1545 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 Dokumen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1555 atau dari tombol bantuan
1556 \begin_inset Graphics
1557 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 Jendela paparan menampilkan kandungan dokumen berupa daftar isi (TOC) seperti
1567 yang dikemukakan pada subbab
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1574 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1579 Anda dapat memilih dan jika anda klik, anda akan dibawa ke bagian dokumen
1580 yang anda klik tadi.
1581 Pada bagian atas jendela paparan, ada kotak pilihan tarik yang berisi pilihan
1582 berbagai daftar obyek, seperti Daftar Catatan Kaki.
1583 Beberapa daftar lainnya, misalnya Daftar Tabel, Daftar Gambar, Daftar Algoritma
1584 bisa juga ditambahkan dalam dokumen, lihat di subbab
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1591 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1600 akan mengurutkan semua yang ada dalam jendela paparan, sedangkan pilihan
1601 Tetap akan mempertahankan tampilan paparan.
1604 \begin_layout Standard
1609 seperti namanya, akan mengurutkan yang ada di jendela paparan.
1614 akan mempertahankan tampilan seperti kondisi terakhir.
1619 disini berarti anda mempertahankan yang sudah dibuka.
1620 Misalnya anda sudah membuka di aras sub-subbab, misalnya di sub-subbab
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1624 2 juga 4, kemudian anda berpindah ke subbab
1625 \begin_inset space ~
1628 3, maka sub-subbab yang sudah dibuka tidak akan ditutup.
1629 Tanpa pilihan Tetap, ketika anda berpindah dari sub-subbab ke subbab, maka
1630 sub-subbab akan ditutup dan kembali ke aras subbab.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1634 Dengan menggunakan tombol
1635 \begin_inset space \space{}
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../../images/down.png
1645 \begin_inset space \space{}
1649 \begin_inset Graphics
1650 filename ../../images/up.png
1654 yang berada di bagian bawah jendela paparan, anda dapat merubah posisi
1655 bagian dokumen keatas atau kebawah.
1656 Misalnya, dengan menggunakan tombol
1657 \begin_inset space \space{}
1661 \begin_inset Graphics
1662 filename ../../images/up.png
1666 anda dapat merubah subbab
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space ~
1675 LyX secara otomatis akan merubah nomor sesuai dengan posisi yang baru.
1678 \begin_layout Standard
1679 Dengan menggunakan Tombol
1680 \begin_inset Graphics
1681 filename ../../images/promote.png
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../../images/demote.png
1701 ), anda dapat merubah posisi bagian dokumen pada aras kedalamannya, misalnya
1702 dari sub-subbab menjadi subbab atau sebaliknya dari subbab menjadi subsubbab.
1703 Dengan mengunakan fitur ini, anda dapat merubah dari subbab
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1718 \begin_layout Standard
1720 \begin_inset Graphics
1721 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1727 membantu anda untuk melompat ke posisi dokumen yang terakhir anda ubah.
1728 Ini sangat bermanfaat jika anda bekerja dalam dokumen yang panjang; misalnya
1729 anda merubah teks kemudian melihat ke bagian lain dan ingin kembali ke
1730 tempat semula saat anda melakukan perubahan.
1731 Dengan sekali tekan tombol bantuan ini, anda akan kembali ke posisi semula.
1735 \begin_layout Section
1736 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1739 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1744 \begin_inset Index idx
1747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1754 \begin_inset Index idx
1757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1789 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1790 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1791 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1792 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1795 \begin_layout Standard
1796 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1797 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1798 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1799 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1803 untuk melengkapi kata.
1804 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1805 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1806 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1807 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1816 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1819 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1822 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1824 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1831 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1836 Sedangkan pengaturan
1838 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
1840 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
1841 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
1847 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
1849 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
1851 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
1852 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
1853 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
1854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1860 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1867 \begin_layout Section
1868 Gabungan tombol ketik
1869 \begin_inset Index idx
1872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1873 Gabungan tombol ketik
1879 \begin_inset Index idx
1882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 Gabungan tombol ketik
1898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1911 \begin_inset Index idx
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1945 \begin_layout Standard
1946 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
1947 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
1950 \begin_layout Standard
1951 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
1954 \begin_inset space ~
1962 \begin_inset space ~
1983 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
1984 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
1987 \begin_layout Labeling
1988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1992 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1993 LatexCommand nomenclature
1995 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2001 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2002 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2004 \begin_inset space ~
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2010 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2017 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2022 \begin_inset space ~
2026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2028 reference "sub:Lists"
2034 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2042 \begin_layout Labeling
2043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2047 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2048 LatexCommand nomenclature
2050 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2056 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2064 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2065 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset space ~
2079 \begin_inset space ~
2090 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2094 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2095 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2099 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2103 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2107 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2129 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2130 LatexCommand nomenclature
2132 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2136 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2137 yang dikombinasikan:
2141 \begin_layout Itemize
2150 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2153 \begin_layout Itemize
2162 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2165 \begin_layout Itemize
2174 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2178 \begin_layout Labeling
2179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2184 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2197 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2198 LatexCommand nomenclature
2200 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2204 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2205 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2208 \begin_layout Labeling
2209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2214 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2227 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2228 LatexCommand nomenclature
2230 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2234 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2235 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2236 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2237 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2242 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2247 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2248 memilih menu tersebut.
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2253 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2260 \begin_inset space ~
2264 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2277 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2293 \begin_inset space ~
2299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2309 \begin_layout Standard
2314 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2323 \begin_layout Standard
2324 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2325 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2326 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2327 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2328 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2329 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2330 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2347 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2357 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2362 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2369 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2376 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2383 \begin_layout Chapter
2385 \begin_inset Index idx
2388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2397 \begin_layout Section
2399 \begin_inset Index idx
2402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2411 \begin_layout Subsection
2415 \begin_layout Standard
2416 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2417 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2418 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2419 numbering schemes, and so on.
2420 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2421 and format the title of your document differently.
2424 \begin_layout Standard
2429 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2430 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2431 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2432 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2433 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2436 \begin_layout Standard
2437 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2438 how to adjust their properties.
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2455 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 You can select a class using the
2465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2466 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2470 \begin_inset Index idx
2473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2489 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Article for basic articles
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Report for basic reports
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Book for writing a book
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Letter for US-style letters
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2511 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2512 will include many of these.
2513 Here are some of the classes.
2514 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2516 Special Document Classes
2525 \begin_layout Description
2526 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2541 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2542 There are three article layouts available.
2543 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2544 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2545 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2546 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 sequential numbering
2552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2555 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2556 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2557 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2558 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2561 \begin_layout Description
2562 Beamer Layout for presentations
2565 \begin_layout Description
2566 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2567 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2575 \begin_layout Description
2577 \begin_inset space ~
2580 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 Foils Used to make transparencies
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2593 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2597 \begin_layout Description
2598 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2599 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2612 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2613 (Is used by this document.)
2616 \begin_layout Description
2617 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2624 \begin_layout Description
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2637 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2639 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2642 \begin_layout Description
2643 Slides Used to make transparencies
2646 \begin_layout Description
2648 \begin_inset space ~
2651 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2652 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2662 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2668 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2669 of the document classes.
2672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2683 \begin_inset Index idx
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2703 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2708 \begin_inset space ~
2715 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2716 that are not installed to produce output.
2717 So it seems that something is wrong.
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 But nothing is wrong.
2722 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2723 and some of them, like
2727 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2728 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2729 files, with a growing number.
2730 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2731 by some document class.
2732 There are just too many of them.
2733 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2736 \begin_layout Standard
2737 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2738 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2739 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2740 document class for a new file.
2741 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2746 Installing new LaTeX files
2747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2754 manual for information on how to install them.
2755 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2763 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2765 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2766 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2767 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2769 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2772 \begin_inset space ~
2779 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2791 \begin_inset Index idx
2794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 \begin_layout Standard
2804 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2805 chosen document class.
2806 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2807 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2818 \begin_inset Index idx
2821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2832 \begin_layout Standard
2833 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2834 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2835 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2836 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2837 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2838 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2839 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2841 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2845 \begin_inset Index idx
2848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2849 Reconfiguration of LyX
2855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2858 Installing new LaTeX files
2859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2866 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2869 \begin_layout Standard
2870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2879 LyX will advise you about these things.
2887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2891 \begin_layout Standard
2892 Each class has a default set of options.
2893 Here's a quick table describing them:
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2897 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2905 \begin_inset Tabular
2906 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2907 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 \begin_layout Standard
3367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3373 \begin_layout Standard
3374 You're probably also wondering what
3375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3379 \begin_inset space ~
3383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3387 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3388 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3393 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3398 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3408 headings, there are also
3416 headings, and so on.
3417 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3418 \begin_inset space ~
3422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3424 reference "sub:Headings"
3431 \begin_layout Subsection
3433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3435 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3440 \begin_inset Index idx
3443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3452 \begin_inset Index idx
3455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3464 \begin_layout Standard
3465 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3478 \begin_inset space ~
3483 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3485 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3486 to use for your document.
3487 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3504 \begin_inset space ~
3509 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3510 You can choose between the following five options:
3513 \begin_layout Labeling
3514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3519 Use default page style of current class.
3522 \begin_layout Labeling
3523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3528 No page numbers or headings.
3531 \begin_layout Labeling
3532 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3540 \begin_layout Labeling
3541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3546 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3547 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3548 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3551 \begin_layout Labeling
3552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3557 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3567 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3573 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3574 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3576 Check the documentation for the
3580 package for more details,
3581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3590 \begin_layout Standard
3595 of paragraphs is described in section
3596 \begin_inset space ~
3600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3602 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3609 \begin_layout Subsection
3610 Paper Size and Orientation
3611 \begin_inset Index idx
3614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3615 Document ! Paper size
3621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3623 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3631 You'll find the following options in the menu
3634 \begin_inset space ~
3639 of the dialog of the
3641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3647 \begin_inset Index idx
3650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_layout Labeling
3660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3664 \begin_inset space ~
3669 What size paper to print on.
3673 \begin_layout Itemize
3679 \begin_layout Itemize
3689 \begin_layout Itemize
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3701 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Labeling
3720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3725 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3736 \begin_layout Labeling
3737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3741 \begin_inset space ~
3746 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3747 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3750 \begin_layout Subsection
3752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3759 \begin_inset Index idx
3762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3769 \begin_inset Index idx
3772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3782 Paper margins are set in the menu
3784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3788 \begin_inset Index idx
3791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3800 \begin_layout Standard
3801 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3802 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3803 the paper format and the font size into account.
3806 \begin_layout Subsection
3810 \begin_layout Standard
3811 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3816 That includes the paragraph environments.
3817 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3818 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3819 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3820 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3829 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3831 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3832 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3833 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3836 \begin_layout Section
3837 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3838 \begin_inset Index idx
3841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3842 Paragraph ! Indentation
3850 \begin_layout Subsection
3852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3854 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3863 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3867 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3868 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3869 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3870 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3874 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3880 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3881 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3882 language than English.
3883 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3887 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3888 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3890 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3891 LyX takes care of that.
3892 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3894 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3895 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3896 of a page, and so on.
3900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3901 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3906 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3907 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3911 of these pre-coded spacings.
3912 We'll explain more later.
3915 \begin_layout Subsection
3916 Paragraph Separation
3917 \begin_inset Index idx
3920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3921 Paragraph ! Separation
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3930 To separate paragraphs, select
3941 \begin_inset space ~
3948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3952 \begin_inset Index idx
3955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3961 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3962 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3963 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3978 \begin_inset space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3984 reference "cap:Units"
3989 The default length is 30
3990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4727 \begin_layout Enumerate
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 \begin_layout Enumerate
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Standard
4759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4766 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4767 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4768 table of contents, see section
4769 \begin_inset space ~
4773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4783 Changing the Numbering
4784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4786 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4794 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4795 in the Table of Contents.
4796 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4798 Certain classes start with
4812 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4822 This is something you can change.
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4834 \begin_inset Index idx
4837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4848 \begin_inset space ~
4852 \begin_inset space ~
4857 you'll see two counters.
4862 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4864 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4869 Short Titles of Headings
4870 \begin_inset Index idx
4873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4874 Section headings ! Short titles
4880 \begin_inset Argument
4883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4901 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4902 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4903 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4906 \begin_layout Standard
4907 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4908 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4909 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4910 To specify a short title, use the menu
4912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4914 \begin_inset space ~
4920 This will insert a box labeled
4921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4936 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4937 This also works for captions inside floats.
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 The following information applies to all section headings:
4952 \begin_layout Itemize
4953 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4956 \begin_layout Itemize
4957 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4968 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4987 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4988 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4989 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4990 the text they contain.
4991 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4999 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5012 when you start a new paragraph.
5013 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5017 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5018 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5019 to change back to the
5023 environment yourself.
5026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_inset Index idx
5046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5056 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5057 time for the differences.
5066 are identical except for one difference:
5070 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5079 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Here's an example of the
5096 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5098 See – no indentation!
5102 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5103 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5104 the other paragraph.
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 Here's another example, this time in the
5115 \begin_layout Quotation
5121 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5122 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5123 the first line, then
5127 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5131 you were quoting other text.
5134 \begin_layout Quotation
5135 Here's a new paragraph.
5136 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5137 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 As the examples show,
5145 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5146 They should put quotes in the
5151 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5155 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5164 \begin_inset Index idx
5167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5176 \begin_inset Index idx
5179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5195 \begin_layout Standard
5200 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5206 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 Which I did not rehearse!
5213 It could be much worse.
5214 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5216 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5217 indented a bit more than the first.
5218 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5227 And make things look fine
5228 \begin_inset Newline newline
5234 arg "newline-insert newline"
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5245 does not indent both margins.
5246 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5247 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5254 arg "newline-insert newline"
5260 \begin_layout Subsection
5262 \begin_inset Index idx
5265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5292 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5301 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5302 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5303 some general features of all four of them.
5306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5313 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5322 reset the environment to
5326 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5327 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5328 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5335 to break paragraphs.
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5340 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5342 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5343 you read all of section
5344 \begin_inset space ~
5348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5350 reference "sec:Nesting"
5358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5364 \begin_inset Index idx
5367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5383 \begin_layout Standard
5384 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5388 paragraph environment.
5389 It has the following properties:
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The items can have any length.
5408 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5409 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 environment inside another
5425 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 \begin_inset space ~
5443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5445 reference "sec:Nesting"
5449 for a full explanation of nesting.
5453 \begin_layout Standard
5454 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5463 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5468 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the first level
5476 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the second level is a dash.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 Back out to the third level.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back to the second level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the outermost level.
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5510 These are the default labels for an
5515 You can customize these labels in the
5517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5520 dialog in the submenu
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5541 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5543 \begin_inset space ~
5547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5549 reference "sec:Nesting"
5556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5562 \begin_inset Index idx
5565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5574 name "sec:Enumerate"
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5586 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5587 It has these properties:
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 environment resets the counter to one.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5627 Items can have any length.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5652 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5653 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The first level of an
5665 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 Back to the third level
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the second level.
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the outermost level.
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5704 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5709 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5714 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5719 There is more to nesting
5723 environments than we've stated here.
5724 You should read section
5725 \begin_inset space ~
5729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5731 reference "sec:Nesting"
5735 to learn more about nesting.
5738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5744 \begin_inset Index idx
5747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5761 list has no fixed label.
5762 Instead, LyX uses the first
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 of the first line as the label.
5774 \begin_layout Description
5775 Example: This is an example of the
5782 \begin_layout Standard
5783 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 it is meant that the first hit of the
5800 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5802 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5810 arg "space-insert protected"
5815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5818 \begin_inset space ~
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5830 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5834 for more info.) Here is an example:
5837 \begin_layout Description
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5842 Example: This one shows how to use a
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Usage: You should use the
5862 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5863 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5865 It's not a good idea to use a
5869 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5870 You're better off using
5882 paragraphs into them.
5885 \begin_layout Description
5886 Nesting: You can nest
5890 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5895 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5896 them from the first line.
5899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5905 \begin_inset Index idx
5908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5922 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5939 environment is named
5951 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5961 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5964 \begin_layout Labeling
5965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5967 \begin_inset space ~
5970 labels LyX uses the first
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 of each line as the item label.
5983 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5984 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5985 blank as described above.
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5991 the body of the item text.
5992 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5993 label width plus a little extra space.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6000 \begin_inset space ~
6003 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6005 If the label width is larger, the label
6006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6013 into the first line.
6014 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6015 margin of the rest of the item text.
6018 \begin_layout Labeling
6019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6021 \begin_inset space ~
6024 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6029 environment have the same left margin.
6030 \begin_inset Newline newline
6033 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 determines the default label width.
6053 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6062 multiple times instead.
6063 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6072 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 every time you alter a label in a
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 The predefined default width is the length of
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 \begin_inset Newline newline
6102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6110 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6111 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment the same way like the
6128 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6134 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6143 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6145 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6153 reference "sec:Nesting"
6157 to learn about nesting.
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 There is yet another feature of the
6165 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6167 You can use additional
6171 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6176 are documented in section
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6183 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6188 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 Left The default for
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6213 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6216 \begin_layout Labeling
6217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6229 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6234 \begin_inset Index idx
6237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6271 \begin_inset space ~
6277 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6278 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6279 In contrast, you can use the
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6291 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6292 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 Of course, you're not limited to using
6304 \begin_inset space ~
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6318 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6319 some European academic papers.
6322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6326 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6338 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6339 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6349 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6350 Here's an example of each:
6353 \begin_layout Right Address
6355 \begin_inset Newline newline
6359 \begin_inset Newline newline
6363 \begin_inset Newline newline
6366 When is it? What is today?
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_inset space ~
6379 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6380 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6381 Here's an example of the
6388 \begin_layout Address
6390 \begin_inset Newline newline
6393 Where do I send this
6394 \begin_inset Newline newline
6397 Your post office and country
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 As you can see, both
6408 \begin_inset space ~
6413 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6418 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6424 This makes sense, since
6432 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6433 Thus, you have to use
6440 arg "newline-insert newline"
6446 \begin_inset space ~
6449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6451 \begin_inset space ~
6460 menu) to start a new line in an
6467 \begin_inset space ~
6475 \begin_layout Subsection
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6481 or list of references.
6482 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6489 \begin_inset Index idx
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6507 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6508 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6509 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6513 in anything else or vice versa.
6519 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6520 The book document classes ignores the
6524 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6528 in a letter document class.
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6536 environment does several things for you.
6537 First, it puts the centered label
6538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6546 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6548 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6549 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6550 the subsequent text.
6551 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6552 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6560 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6561 The new paragraph will still be in the
6566 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6567 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6571 \begin_inset Float figure
6576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 \begin_inset Graphics
6579 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
6586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6587 \begin_inset Caption
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6592 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6614 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6618 environment, but since this document is in the
6619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6626 class, we can't do this.
6627 We inserted it therefore as figure
6628 \begin_inset space ~
6632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6634 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6639 If you've never heard of an
6640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6647 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6656 \begin_inset Index idx
6659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6668 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6680 environment is used to list references.
6681 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6682 only use it at the end of the document.
6687 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 When you first open a
6695 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6711 depending on the document class.
6712 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6713 Each paragraph of the
6717 environment is a bibliography entry.
6722 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6723 Each new paragraph is still in the
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6731 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6732 by using a BibTeX database.
6733 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6734 phy handling, have a look at in section
6735 \begin_inset space ~
6739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6741 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6748 \begin_layout Subsection
6752 \begin_inset Index idx
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6756 Paragraph ! LyX code
6762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6776 environment is another LyX extension.
6777 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6782 key as a fixed whitespace;
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6798 \begin_inset space ~
6803 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6808 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6809 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6812 arg "newline-insert newline"
6829 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6830 So, when you finish using the
6834 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6835 Also, you can nest the
6839 environment inside of others.
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 arg "newline-insert newline"
6853 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6858 \begin_inset space \space{}
6868 arg "newline-insert newline"
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 arg "newline-insert newline"
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 arg "space-insert protected"
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6914 You must put at least one
6918 in any line you want blank.
6919 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6922 \begin_layout Itemize
6923 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6927 since that will insert
6932 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6935 arg "self-insert \""
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6945 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6961 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6962 printf("Hello World!
6967 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6971 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6975 \begin_layout Standard
6976 This is just the standard
6977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6993 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6994 rc-files, and so on.
6995 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6996 as if you used a typewriter.
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Paragraph environments|)
7009 \begin_layout Section
7010 Nesting Environments
7011 \begin_inset Index idx
7014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 Nesting ! Environments
7021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7030 \begin_layout Subsection
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7037 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7039 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7041 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7076 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7077 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7105 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7106 will tell you how far you are nested).
7107 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7108 \begin_inset Graphics
7109 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
7114 \begin_inset Graphics
7115 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
7119 or the convenient key bindings
7130 arg "depth-increment"
7136 arg "depth-decrement"
7139 to change the nesting level.
7140 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7141 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7147 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7148 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7149 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7154 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7156 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7159 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 What You Can and Can't Nest
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7165 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7169 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7170 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7171 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 Completely unnestable
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7190 environments have them:
7193 \begin_layout Description
7194 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7195 Can't nest into them.
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Description
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Nestable You can nest them.
7236 You can nest other things into them.
7240 \begin_layout Itemize
7246 \begin_layout Itemize
7252 \begin_layout Itemize
7258 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7270 \begin_layout Itemize
7276 \begin_layout Itemize
7282 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Description
7290 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7291 You can't nest anything into them.
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7343 \begin_layout Itemize
7349 \begin_layout Itemize
7355 \begin_layout Itemize
7361 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_layout Itemize
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7377 \begin_inset space ~
7383 \begin_layout Itemize
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7408 \begin_inset space ~
7412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7416 \begin_inset space \space{}
7419 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7420 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7421 section headings violate this.
7429 \begin_layout Subsection
7430 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7431 \begin_inset Index idx
7434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7435 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7445 affected by nesting anyhow.
7449 \begin_layout Itemize
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7457 \begin_layout Itemize
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Figures and tables in
7475 are not affected by this.
7480 Have a look at section
7481 \begin_inset space ~
7485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7487 reference "sec:Floats"
7491 for more information about
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7500 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 of its own, it behaves just like a
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 paragraph environment.
7522 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 Here's an example with a table:
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7536 This is (a) and it's nested.
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7541 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7549 \begin_inset Tabular
7550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 \begin_layout Standard
7638 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7647 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7669 \begin_layout Standard
7670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7678 \begin_inset Tabular
7679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7680 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7780 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7783 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7795 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7804 This is (a) and it's nested.
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7816 \begin_inset Tabular
7817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7818 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7905 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7913 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 \begin_layout Standard
7926 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7932 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7933 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7937 \begin_layout Subsection
7938 Usage and General Features
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7951 is the innermost possible depth.
7952 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7955 \begin_layout Enumerate
7956 level #1 – outermost
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \begin_layout Enumerate
7970 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7991 both of them in the example.
7992 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8002 For example, if we tried to nest another
8007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8014 , we would get errors.
8017 \begin_layout Subsection
8019 \begin_inset Index idx
8022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8033 We have several examples of nested environments.
8034 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8039 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8042 \begin_layout Labeling
8043 \labelwidthstring MMM
8044 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8053 \begin_layout Labeling
8054 \labelwidthstring MMM
8055 #2-a This is level #2.
8056 We created it by using
8059 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8065 arg "depth-increment"
8072 \begin_layout Labeling
8073 \labelwidthstring MMM
8074 #3-a This is level #3.
8075 This time, we just hit
8082 arg "depth-increment"
8086 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8090 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8096 arg "depth-increment"
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 environment, nested inside of
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 So, it's at level #4.
8118 We did this by hitting
8121 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8127 arg "depth-increment"
8130 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8135 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8156 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8159 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8165 \begin_layout Labeling
8166 \labelwidthstring MMM
8167 #4-a This is level #4.
8171 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8174 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8179 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8183 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8188 keep nesting things inside
8189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 \begin_layout Labeling
8201 \labelwidthstring MMM
8202 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8207 \begin_layout Labeling
8208 \labelwidthstring MMM
8209 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 and this is level #6.
8211 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #5-b Back to level #5.
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Labeling
8235 \labelwidthstring MMM
8239 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8245 arg "depth-decrement"
8248 , we're back at level #4.
8252 \begin_layout Labeling
8253 \labelwidthstring MMM
8254 #3-b Back to level #3.
8255 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8259 \begin_layout Labeling
8260 \labelwidthstring MMM
8261 #2-b Back to level #2.
8266 \begin_layout Labeling
8267 \labelwidthstring MMM
8268 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8269 After this sentence, we'll hit
8273 and change the paragraph environment back to
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 We could have also used the
8297 environment in place of the
8302 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8306 Example 2: Inheritance
8309 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8310 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8313 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8325 , after which, we'll change to the
8333 \begin_layout Enumerate
8338 environment, at level #2.
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 Notice how the nested
8346 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8350 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 We ended this example by hitting
8360 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8364 and reset the nesting depth by using
8367 arg "depth-decrement"
8373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8374 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8383 \begin_inset Argument
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8387 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 This is level #1, in an
8400 paragraph environment.
8401 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8405 \begin_layout Enumerate
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8416 arg "depth-increment"
8420 Now, what happens if we nest an
8424 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8425 label be? An asterisk?
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8440 So, its label is a bullet.
8441 (We got here by using
8444 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8453 , then changing the environment to
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 Here's level #4, produced using
8465 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 arg "depth-increment"
8475 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8483 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8488 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8492 , because we are in the
8501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8526 type of numbering does LyX use?
8529 \begin_layout Enumerate
8530 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8533 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8536 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8539 \begin_layout Enumerate
8543 arg "depth-decrement"
8546 to decrease the depth after the next
8549 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8556 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8562 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8565 numeral as the label.Why?
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8578 Notice, however, that LyX
8582 reset the counter for the label.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8596 arg "depth-decrement"
8599 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8600 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8601 into the twofold-nested
8609 \begin_layout Enumerate
8610 The same thing happens if we do another
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8622 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8626 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8631 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8645 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8651 The same rule applies for the
8655 environment, as well.
8658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8659 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8662 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8664 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8665 same detail with how we did it.
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8682 arg "depth-increment"
8689 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8690 example in parentheses someplace.
8691 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8692 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8693 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8707 Now we'll add verse.
8708 \begin_inset Newline newline
8711 It will get much worse.
8712 \begin_inset Newline newline
8722 arg "depth-increment"
8733 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8766 \begin_inset Tabular
8767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8869 arg "depth-increment"
8875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8885 arg "depth-decrement"
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8897 : level #1) This is another item.
8898 Note that selecting a
8902 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8903 3 times to put the table inside the
8911 \begin_layout Quotation
8912 We're now ending the
8916 list and changing to
8921 We're still at level #1.
8922 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8923 The next set of paragraphs is a
8924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 \begin_inset space ~
8943 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8947 for the letter body.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 to preserve the depth.
8955 Remember that you need to use
8958 arg "newline-insert newline"
8961 to create multiple lines inside the
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8978 \begin_layout Right Address
8980 \begin_inset Newline newline
8983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8984 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 \begin_layout Address
8992 \begin_inset space ~
8998 \begin_layout Quotation
8999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9007 as soon as possible.
9008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9011 \begin_layout Quotation
9012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9014 with your order, along with payment.
9017 \begin_layout Quotation
9018 We thank you again for your patience.
9021 \begin_layout Address
9023 \begin_inset Newline newline
9030 \begin_layout Quotation
9031 That ends that example!
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9036 just a few keystrokes.
9037 We could have easily nested an
9058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9061 \begin_layout Section
9062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9063 \begin_inset Index idx
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9079 be broken at the end of a line.
9080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9084 \begin_layout Subsection
9086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9093 \begin_inset Index idx
9096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9112 Further documentation is given in section
9113 \begin_inset Newline newline
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9152 A protected space is set with
9154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset space ~
9169 arg "space-insert protected"
9175 \begin_layout Subsection
9177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9179 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9184 \begin_inset Index idx
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Spacing ! Horizontal
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9197 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9200 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 The length units are listed in Appendix
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9211 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9222 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9227 \begin_inset Index idx
9230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9239 \begin_layout Standard
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 \begin_inset space \space{}
9248 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9249 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9256 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9261 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9262 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9265 arg "space-insert normal"
9271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9275 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9280 \begin_inset Index idx
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9301 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9310 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9311 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9312 inside abbreviations:
9317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 or between values and units.
9326 Compare for example this:
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9341 \begin_layout Standard
9342 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9345 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9347 \begin_inset space ~
9355 arg "space-insert thin"
9361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9365 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9376 \begin_layout Description
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9390 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9397 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9400 \begin_layout Description
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9410 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9414 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9418 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 em) space between the arrows.
9428 \begin_layout Description
9430 \begin_inset space ~
9434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9442 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9446 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9457 em) space between the arrows.
9460 \begin_layout Description
9462 \begin_inset space ~
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9474 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9478 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9482 \begin_inset space ~
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 em) space between the arrows.
9492 \begin_layout Description
9494 \begin_inset space ~
9498 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9502 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9507 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9514 cm space between the arrows.
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9525 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9529 lists the different space sizes.
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 \begin_inset Float table
9538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9540 \begin_inset Caption
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9545 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9549 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset Tabular
9560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9561 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9786 \begin_inset Index idx
9789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9800 in a uniform fashion.
9801 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9802 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9803 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9804 equally between themselves.
9808 \begin_layout Standard
9809 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9814 This is on the left side
9815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 This is on the right
9824 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9837 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9845 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 That was an example in the
9858 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9866 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9869 is one in a standard paragraph.
9870 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9874 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9881 \begin_inset space ~
9886 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9919 \begin_inset space ~
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9970 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9974 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9975 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9976 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9980 option in the space dialog.
9988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9992 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
9997 \begin_inset Index idx
10000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10009 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10016 \begin_inset space \space{}
10019 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10023 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10026 What is correct English?:
10027 \begin_inset Newline newline
10031 \begin_inset Newline newline
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10039 \begin_inset Newline newline
10043 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10054 \begin_inset Newline newline
10058 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10069 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10075 \begin_layout Standard
10076 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10081 \begin_inset space ~
10085 \begin_inset space ~
10089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10093 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10096 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10100 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10106 \begin_inset space ~
10110 \begin_inset space ~
10114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10117 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10126 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10127 That is why it is named
10128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10136 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10137 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10141 \begin_layout Subsection
10143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10145 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10150 \begin_inset Index idx
10153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10162 \begin_layout Standard
10163 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10168 \begin_inset space ~
10174 There you find the following sizes:
10177 \begin_layout Standard
10190 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10195 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10201 \begin_inset Index idx
10204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10205 Document ! Settings
10210 for the paragraph separation.
10211 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10228 \begin_inset Index idx
10231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10237 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10238 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10240 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10241 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10250 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10259 s are described in section
10260 \begin_inset space ~
10264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10266 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10275 If there are several
10279 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10280 You can therefore use
10284 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10292 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10293 \begin_inset space ~
10297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10299 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10306 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10317 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10318 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10330 \begin_layout Subsection
10331 Paragraph Alignment
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10337 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10341 There are five possibilities:
10344 \begin_layout Itemize
10352 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10358 \begin_layout Itemize
10366 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10372 \begin_layout Itemize
10380 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10394 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10400 \begin_layout Itemize
10408 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10415 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10416 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10417 the left and right margins.
10418 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10421 \begin_layout Standard
10423 This paragraph is right aligned,
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10428 this one is centered,
10431 \begin_layout Standard
10433 this one is left aligned.
10436 \begin_layout Subsection
10438 \begin_inset Index idx
10441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10442 Page breaks ! Forced
10448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10450 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10457 \begin_layout Standard
10458 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10459 can force a page break where you want one.
10460 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10461 Only if you use a lot of
10465 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10468 \begin_layout Standard
10469 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10470 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10474 have to change the page breaking.
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10478 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10480 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10483 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10485 \begin_inset space ~
10491 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10494 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10496 \begin_inset space ~
10501 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10503 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10504 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10509 at the top of a page.
10510 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10511 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10512 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10513 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10517 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10521 to learn more about
10528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10532 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10537 \begin_inset Index idx
10540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10541 Page breaks ! Clear
10549 \begin_layout Standard
10550 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10551 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10552 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10553 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10554 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 \begin_inset space ~
10569 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10572 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10574 \begin_inset space ~
10578 \begin_inset space ~
10583 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10584 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10587 \begin_layout Subsection
10589 \begin_inset Index idx
10592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10601 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10609 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10611 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10620 \begin_inset space ~
10628 arg "newline-insert newline"
10632 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10635 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10637 \begin_inset space ~
10641 \begin_inset space ~
10646 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10648 This is necessary to avoid
10649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10656 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10660 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10661 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10662 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10663 set a line break, e.
10664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10668 \begin_inset space \space{}
10671 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10672 \begin_inset space ~
10676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10678 reference "sec:Quote"
10683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10685 reference "sec:Verse"
10690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10692 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10699 \begin_layout Subsection
10701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10703 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10708 \begin_inset Index idx
10711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10722 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10733 \begin_layout Standard
10736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10737 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10739 \begin_inset space ~
10744 you can insert horizontal lines.
10745 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10746 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10747 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10763 \begin_layout Standard
10767 \begin_layout Section
10768 Characters and Symbols
10771 \begin_layout Standard
10772 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10773 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10778 \begin_inset space \space{}
10781 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10789 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10793 for information on how this is done.
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10802 dialog via the menu
10804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10805 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10811 \begin_layout Standard
10812 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10820 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10821 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10822 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10830 \begin_layout Section
10831 Fonts and Text Styles
10832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10834 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10841 \begin_layout Subsection
10843 \begin_inset Index idx
10846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 There are two types of fonts:
10859 \begin_layout Description
10861 \begin_inset space ~
10865 \begin_inset Index idx
10868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10879 characters) in the font.
10880 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10881 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10882 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10883 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10884 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10885 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10886 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10887 \begin_inset Newline newline
10890 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10891 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10892 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10893 sizes than at small ones.
10894 \begin_inset Newline newline
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Description
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10922 \begin_inset Index idx
10925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10931 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10932 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10933 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10934 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10935 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10936 picture manipulation program.
10937 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10938 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10939 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10940 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10941 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10943 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10944 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10945 \begin_inset Newline newline
10948 Bitmap fonts are named
10951 \begin_inset space ~
10956 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10959 \begin_layout Standard
10960 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10961 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10962 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10963 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10964 use scalable fonts.
10967 \begin_layout Standard
10968 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10969 its document properties.
10972 \begin_layout Standard
10973 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10974 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10975 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10976 font to emphasize text, you use an
10977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10985 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10986 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10990 \begin_layout Subsection
10991 Document Font and Font size
10992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10994 name "sub:Document-Font"
10999 \begin_inset Index idx
11002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11009 \begin_inset Index idx
11012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11021 \begin_layout Standard
11022 You can set the document fonts in the
11024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11028 \begin_inset Index idx
11031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11032 Document ! Settings
11038 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
11039 font shapes roman (serif),
11042 \begin_inset space ~
11054 \begin_layout Standard
11055 The possible options for the font include
11059 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11064 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11086 European Computer Modern
11089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11108 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11109 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11117 \begin_inset space ~
11122 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11128 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11129 There are three ways to use one:
11132 \begin_layout Itemize
11133 One way is to use the
11143 Virtual means that it
11144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11155 -glyphs from other fonts.
11156 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11178 Loading the LaTeX-package
11183 \begin_inset Index idx
11186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11187 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11192 with the document preamble line
11193 \begin_inset Newline newline
11200 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11201 \begin_inset Newline newline
11206 will fix the guillemet problem.
11211 and that accented characters are not
11215 glyph, they are build of
11219 characters, the accent and the letter.
11220 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11224 fonts for words with accented characters.
11225 If you search for example for the French word
11226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11233 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11242 and not for the glyph
11243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11247 \begin_inset space ~
11251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11257 \begin_layout Itemize
11258 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11271 , consist of these three main font types
11274 \begin_inset space ~
11303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11307 \begin_inset space ~
11314 as typewriter font.
11315 \begin_inset Newline newline
11318 The differences between roman,
11321 \begin_inset space ~
11330 fonts are explained in section
11331 \begin_inset space ~
11335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11337 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11342 \begin_inset Newline newline
11349 was originally designed for newspapers.
11350 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11351 into the small newspaper columns.
11356 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11359 \begin_layout Itemize
11360 The best solution is to use the
11369 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11373 as the default font.
11374 In most cases they look the same as
11382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 One difference is improved kerning for the
11396 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11407 \begin_layout Standard
11408 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11411 For the font size there are four possible values:
11428 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11431 \begin_layout Standard
11432 The font sizes are the
11437 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11438 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11439 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11442 \begin_inset space ~
11448 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11449 \begin_inset space ~
11453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11455 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11462 \begin_layout Standard
11467 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11468 a font to display the script characters.
11472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11473 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11478 So this has no effect for the document language
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11495 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11499 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11507 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11511 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11512 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11513 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11515 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11518 dialog, see section
11519 \begin_inset space ~
11523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11525 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11537 \begin_layout Subsection
11538 Using Different Character Styles
11539 \begin_inset Index idx
11542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11549 \begin_inset Index idx
11552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11561 \begin_layout Standard
11562 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11563 certain paragraph environments.
11564 LyX supports two character styles,
11573 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11577 \begin_layout Standard
11582 style, do one of the following:
11585 \begin_layout Itemize
11586 click on the toolbar button
11587 \begin_inset Graphics
11588 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
11595 \begin_layout Itemize
11596 use the key binding
11605 \begin_layout Standard
11606 These commands are all toggles.
11611 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11614 \begin_layout Standard
11615 One typically uses the
11619 style for proper names.
11621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11628 is the original author of LyX.
11629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11635 \begin_layout Standard
11636 A more widely used character style is the
11641 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11648 \begin_layout Itemize
11649 clicking on the toolbar button
11650 \begin_inset Graphics
11651 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
11658 \begin_layout Itemize
11659 using the keybindings
11668 \begin_layout Standard
11673 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11674 es use a different font.
11677 \begin_layout Standard
11678 We've been using the
11682 style all over the place in this document.
11683 Here's one more example:
11686 \begin_layout Quotation
11689 Don't overuse character styles!
11692 \begin_layout Standard
11693 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11694 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11695 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11696 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11700 \begin_layout Standard
11701 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11709 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11711 \begin_inset space ~
11719 \begin_layout Subsection
11720 Fine-Tuning with the
11725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11727 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11732 \begin_inset Index idx
11735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11744 \begin_layout Standard
11745 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11746 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11747 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11748 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11749 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11750 from ordinary dialog.
11753 \begin_layout Standard
11754 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11755 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11756 \begin_inset Newline newline
11759 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11760 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11763 \begin_layout Standard
11764 To use custom character styles, open the
11766 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11768 \begin_inset space ~
11774 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11775 font property which you can choose.
11776 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11779 \begin_inset space ~
11784 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11789 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11790 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11791 environments in a snap.
11794 \begin_layout Standard
11795 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11798 \begin_inset space ~
11810 \begin_layout Labeling
11811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11825 The possible options are:
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is the Roman font family.
11836 Normally a serif font.
11837 It's also the default family.
11847 \begin_layout Labeling
11848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11852 \begin_inset space ~
11859 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11871 \begin_layout Labeling
11872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11879 This is the Typewriter font family.
11885 arg "font-typewriter"
11894 \begin_layout Labeling
11895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11900 This corresponds to the print weight.
11905 \begin_layout Labeling
11906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11911 This is the Medium font series.
11912 It's also the default series.
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11923 This is the Bold font series.
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11942 As the name implies.
11947 \begin_layout Labeling
11948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11953 This is the Upright font shape.
11954 It's also the default shape.
11957 \begin_layout Labeling
11958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11972 s the Italic font shape
11978 \begin_layout Labeling
11979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11986 This is the Slanted font shape
11988 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11991 \begin_layout Labeling
11992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11996 \begin_inset space ~
12003 This is the Small caps font shape
12010 \begin_layout Labeling
12011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12016 Alters the size of the font.
12017 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12018 nal to the document font size.
12019 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12020 what you want to do.
12025 \begin_layout Labeling
12026 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12047 arg "font-size tiny"
12053 \begin_layout Labeling
12054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12075 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12081 \begin_layout Labeling
12082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12103 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12109 \begin_layout Labeling
12110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12131 arg "font-size small"
12137 \begin_layout Labeling
12138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12152 It's also the default size.
12156 arg "font-size normal"
12162 \begin_layout Labeling
12163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12184 arg "font-size large"
12190 \begin_layout Labeling
12191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12212 arg "font-size larger"
12218 \begin_layout Labeling
12219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12240 arg "font-size largest"
12246 \begin_layout Labeling
12247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12268 arg "font-size huge"
12274 \begin_layout Labeling
12275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12296 arg "font-size giant"
12303 \begin_layout Standard
12308 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12309 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12310 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12311 — use that instead.
12312 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12315 \begin_layout Labeling
12316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12321 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12326 \begin_layout Labeling
12327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12334 This is text with emphasize on
12337 This might seem like the same as
12341 , but it is actually a bit different.
12347 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12349 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12352 \begin_layout Labeling
12353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12360 This is text with Underbar on.
12366 arg "font-underline"
12372 \begin_inset Newline newline
12377 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12378 when you couldn't change fonts.
12379 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12380 It's only included in LyX because some people
12384 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12387 \begin_layout Labeling
12388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12395 This is text with Noun on.
12402 , this is a logical attribute.
12403 Normally it's equivalent to
12406 \begin_inset space ~
12415 \begin_layout Labeling
12416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12421 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12422 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12426 \begin_inset space ~
12431 , which is the default
12432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12439 and means normally black, you can choose between
12472 \begin_inset Index idx
12475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12484 \begin_layout Labeling
12485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12490 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12491 the language of the document.
12492 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12496 \begin_layout Standard
12497 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12498 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12500 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12502 \begin_inset space ~
12507 dialog, the settings are saved.
12508 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12509 \begin_inset Graphics
12510 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
12515 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12516 when the dialog isn't visible.
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12528 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12529 (suppose you just set the shape to
12530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12548 \begin_inset space ~
12560 \begin_layout Standard
12561 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12569 \begin_inset space ~
12581 \begin_layout Itemize
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12594 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12612 \begin_inset Newline newline
12616 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12630 \begin_inset Note Note
12633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12634 For more on phantoms see section
12635 \begin_inset space ~
12639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12641 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12651 \begin_inset Newline newline
12657 \begin_layout Itemize
12662 fonts use characters with serifs.
12663 These are the small
12664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12671 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12672 The following example will show the difference:
12673 \begin_inset Newline newline
12677 \begin_inset Newline newline
12682 text without serifs
12685 \begin_inset Newline newline
12688 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12689 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12696 \begin_layout Itemize
12702 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12703 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12706 \begin_layout Standard
12707 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12708 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12711 \begin_layout Section
12712 Printing and Previewing
12715 \begin_layout Subsection
12719 \begin_layout Standard
12720 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12721 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12722 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12723 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12724 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12726 Additional Features
12731 \begin_layout Standard
12732 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12733 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12734 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12735 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12736 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12737 This happens in two stages:
12740 \begin_layout Enumerate
12741 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12742 generating a file with the extension,
12743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12757 \begin_layout Enumerate
12758 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12762 file to produce printable output.
12766 \begin_layout Subsection
12767 Output file formats
12768 \begin_inset Index idx
12771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12780 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12789 \begin_inset Index idx
12792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12793 File formats ! ASCII
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 This file type has the extension
12803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12815 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12819 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12829 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12830 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12838 \begin_inset Index idx
12841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12842 File formats ! LaTeX
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 This file type has the extension
12852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12865 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12866 it manually with console commands.
12867 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12868 you view or export your document.
12871 \begin_layout Standard
12872 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12874 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12875 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12894 \begin_inset Index idx
12897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 This file type has the extension
12908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12928 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12929 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12930 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12936 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12937 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12938 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12940 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12943 \begin_layout Standard
12944 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12946 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12947 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12955 \begin_inset Index idx
12958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 File formats ! PostScript
12967 \begin_layout Standard
12968 This file type has the extension
12969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12981 PostScript was developed by the company
12985 as a printer language.
12986 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12988 PostScript can be seen as a
12989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12992 programming language
12993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12996 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13001 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13007 \begin_inset Index idx
13010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13011 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13021 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13024 \begin_layout Standard
13025 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13029 Encapsulated PostScript
13030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13033 (EPS, file extension
13034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13046 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13047 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13052 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13056 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13057 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13058 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13059 EPS to avoid this problem.
13062 \begin_layout Standard
13063 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13065 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13066 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13074 \begin_inset Index idx
13077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13084 \begin_inset Index idx
13087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13096 \begin_layout Standard
13097 This file type has the extension
13098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13114 Portable Document Format
13115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13122 was derived from PostScript.
13123 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13132 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13133 looks exactly the same.
13136 \begin_layout Standard
13137 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13141 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13145 (JPG, file extension
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 Portable Network Graphics
13174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13177 (PNG, file extension
13178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13190 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13191 in the background to one of these formats.
13192 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13193 will slow down your workflow.
13194 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13200 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13203 in three different ways:
13206 \begin_layout Description
13207 PDF This uses the program
13211 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13212 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13216 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13217 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13220 \begin_layout Description
13222 \begin_inset space ~
13225 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13229 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13233 \begin_layout Description
13235 \begin_inset space ~
13238 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13242 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13245 \begin_layout Standard
13246 We recommend to use
13249 \begin_inset space ~
13258 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13259 works without problems.
13264 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13269 \begin_inset Index idx
13272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13273 FileFormats ! XHTML
13279 \begin_inset Index idx
13282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 This file type has the extension
13293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13305 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13306 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13307 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13308 suitable for the purpose.
13309 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13310 it, but not all do.
13313 \begin_layout Standard
13314 XHTML output remains
13315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13322 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13327 LyX and the World Wide Web
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13333 Additional Features
13335 manual, for more information.
13338 \begin_layout Standard
13339 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13348 \begin_layout Subsection
13350 \begin_inset Index idx
13353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 \begin_layout Standard
13363 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13364 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13368 and choose a file type.
13369 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13372 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13375 you can use the toolbar button
13376 \begin_inset Graphics
13377 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13384 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13389 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13391 \begin_inset space ~
13397 \begin_inset Graphics
13398 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13404 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13408 \begin_inset Graphics
13409 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13416 arg "buffer-view ps"
13422 \begin_layout Standard
13423 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13424 viewer window using the menu
13426 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13432 \begin_layout Standard
13433 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13435 To have a real output, export your document.
13438 \begin_layout Subsection
13439 Printing the File from within LyX
13440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13442 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13449 \begin_layout Standard
13450 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13451 it directly from within LyX.
13452 To print a file, select the menu
13454 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13457 or click on the toolbar button
13458 \begin_inset Graphics
13459 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
13464 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13465 This file is then processed by the program
13469 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13474 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13477 \begin_layout Standard
13478 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13479 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13480 printing one set to print on the other side.
13481 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13482 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13483 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13486 \begin_layout Standard
13487 You can set the parameters in the
13490 \begin_inset space ~
13498 \begin_layout Labeling
13499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13504 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13509 Note that this printer name is for the program
13518 has to be configured for this printer name.
13519 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13520 \begin_inset space ~
13524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13526 reference "sub:Printer"
13535 The printer should understand PostScript.
13538 \begin_layout Labeling
13539 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13544 The name of a file to print to.
13545 The output will be a PostScript file.
13546 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13550 \begin_layout Section
13551 A few Words about Typography
13552 \begin_inset Index idx
13555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13564 \begin_layout Subsection
13566 \begin_inset Index idx
13569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13578 \begin_layout Standard
13580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13591 character comes in four lengths: the
13603 , and the minus sign:
13604 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13610 \begin_layout Standard
13611 \begin_inset Tabular
13612 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13613 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13614 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13615 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13616 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13617 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13646 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13686 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13713 \begin_inset space ~
13716 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13723 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13750 \begin_inset space ~
13753 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13774 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13808 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 character multiple times in a row.
13828 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13829 the final output, but not in LyX.
13831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13861 \begin_layout Standard
13862 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13863 math mode and has a length of its own.
13864 Here are some examples of the
13865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13879 \begin_layout Enumerate
13880 line- and page-breaks
13881 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13891 \begin_layout Enumerate
13893 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13903 \begin_layout Enumerate
13904 Oh — there's a dash.
13905 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13916 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13920 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13930 \begin_layout Subsection
13932 \begin_inset Index idx
13935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13944 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13951 \begin_layout Standard
13952 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13953 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13958 \begin_inset Index idx
13961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13962 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13967 following the rules of the document language
13971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13972 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13980 \begin_inset space ~
13984 \begin_inset space ~
13991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14003 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14008 font and with unusual constructs, like
14009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14018 This is done with the menu
14020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14021 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14023 \begin_inset space ~
14029 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14030 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14033 \begin_layout Standard
14034 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14035 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14045 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14053 as a hyphenation possibility.
14054 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14055 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14056 as described in section
14057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14060 Prevent Hyphenation
14061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14071 \begin_layout Subsection
14073 \begin_inset Index idx
14076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14086 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14089 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14098 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14099 LaTeX then adds the
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 appropriate amount of space
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14110 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14113 \begin_layout Standard
14114 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14115 not work in all cases.
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14128 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14129 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14132 \begin_layout Standard
14133 Here are some examples of
14137 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14140 \begin_layout Itemize
14145 \begin_layout Itemize
14150 \begin_layout Standard
14151 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14154 \begin_layout Itemize
14156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14160 this is too much space!
14163 \begin_layout Itemize
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14169 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14172 \begin_layout Standard
14173 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14176 \begin_layout Enumerate
14180 \begin_inset space ~
14185 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14186 \begin_inset space ~
14190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14192 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14197 \begin_inset Index idx
14200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 Spaces ! inter-word
14209 \begin_layout Enumerate
14213 \begin_inset space ~
14218 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14219 \begin_inset space ~
14223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14225 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14230 \begin_inset Index idx
14233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14242 \begin_layout Enumerate
14246 \begin_inset space ~
14250 \begin_inset space ~
14254 \begin_inset space ~
14261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14263 \begin_inset space ~
14268 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14269 This function is also bound to
14272 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14278 \begin_layout Standard
14279 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14282 \begin_layout Itemize
14284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14288 \begin_inset space \space{}
14291 this is too much space!
14294 \begin_layout Itemize
14295 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14301 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14302 will take care of this.
14305 \begin_layout Standard
14306 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14310 \begin_inset space ~
14315 feature described in section
14321 Additional Features
14326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14328 \begin_inset Index idx
14331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14332 Typography ! Quotes
14338 \begin_inset Index idx
14341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14374 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14375 and use a closing quote at the end.
14377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 The keyboard character,
14389 , generates this automatically.
14392 \begin_layout Standard
14393 You can change the behavior of the
14397 key using the submenu
14403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14407 \begin_inset Index idx
14410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14411 Document ! Settings
14419 \begin_layout Standard
14420 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14425 There are six choices:
14428 \begin_layout Labeling
14429 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14441 Use quotes like this
14442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 \begin_inset Quotes els
14454 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14460 \begin_layout Labeling
14461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14464 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14468 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14474 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14478 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14482 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14488 \begin_layout Labeling
14489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14492 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14496 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14502 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14506 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14510 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14514 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14520 \begin_layout Labeling
14521 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14524 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14528 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14534 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14538 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14542 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14546 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14552 \begin_layout Labeling
14553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14556 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14560 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14566 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14570 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14574 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14578 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14584 \begin_layout Labeling
14585 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14588 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14592 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14598 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14602 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14606 \begin_inset Quotes als
14610 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14616 \begin_layout Standard
14617 These settings affect what character the
14624 \begin_layout Subsection
14626 \begin_inset Index idx
14629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14630 Typography ! Ligatures
14636 \begin_inset Index idx
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14670 name "sub:Ligatures"
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14679 print them as single characters.
14680 These groups are known as
14685 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14687 Here are the standard ligatures:
14690 \begin_layout Itemize
14694 \begin_layout Itemize
14698 \begin_layout Itemize
14702 \begin_layout Itemize
14706 \begin_layout Itemize
14710 \begin_layout Standard
14711 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14714 \begin_layout Standard
14715 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14716 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14724 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14740 To break a ligature, use
14742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14743 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14745 \begin_inset space ~
14752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14780 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14788 \begin_layout Subsection
14790 \begin_inset Index idx
14793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14802 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14809 \begin_layout Standard
14810 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14811 characters in different sizes and heights.
14812 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14813 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14833 \begin_inset Note Note
14836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14837 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14845 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14846 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14851 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14855 \begin_layout Description
14856 LyX The name of the game, write
14857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14878 \begin_layout Description
14879 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14901 \begin_layout Description
14902 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14924 \begin_layout Description
14925 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14947 \begin_layout Standard
14948 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14953 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14961 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14962 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14963 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14966 : The actual version is
14967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14974 , the previous one was
14975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14985 \begin_layout Standard
14986 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14991 \begin_inset space \space{}
14994 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14996 This will look in LyX like:
14997 \begin_inset Graphics
14998 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
15004 \begin_inset Newline newline
15007 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15008 \begin_inset space ~
15012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15014 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15021 \begin_layout Subsection
15023 \begin_inset Index idx
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15035 \begin_layout Standard
15036 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15037 space between two words.
15038 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15048 for units use the menu
15050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15051 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15053 \begin_inset space ~
15061 arg "space-insert thin"
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15068 Here's an example to show the differences:
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 \begin_inset Tabular
15073 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15074 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15075 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15076 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15083 \begin_inset space ~
15087 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15099 space between number and unit
15106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15115 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15127 half space between number and unit
15140 \begin_layout Subsection
15142 \begin_inset Index idx
15145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15146 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15155 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15157 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15158 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15159 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15160 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15161 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15162 These bits of text became known as
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15175 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15176 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15177 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15178 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15179 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15180 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15183 \begin_layout Standard
15184 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15185 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15186 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15187 \begin_inset space ~
15191 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15193 key "latexcompanion"
15198 \begin_inset space ~
15202 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15208 ] may have more information.
15209 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15212 \begin_layout Chapter
15213 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15216 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15229 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15232 \begin_layout Section
15234 \begin_inset Index idx
15237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15253 \begin_layout Standard
15254 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15257 \begin_layout Description
15259 \begin_inset space ~
15262 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15263 \begin_inset Newline newline
15267 \begin_inset Note Note
15270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15271 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15279 \begin_layout Description
15280 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15281 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15283 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15284 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15285 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15288 \begin_inset Newline newline
15292 \begin_inset Note Comment
15295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15296 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15304 \begin_layout Description
15306 \begin_inset space ~
15309 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15310 \begin_inset Newline newline
15314 \begin_inset Newline newline
15318 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15327 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15328 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15329 How this can be done is explained in the
15338 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15344 \begin_inset Newline newline
15348 \begin_inset Newline newline
15351 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15352 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15356 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15357 \begin_inset Graphics
15358 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
15360 scaleBeforeRotation
15366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15370 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15373 \begin_layout Section
15375 \begin_inset Index idx
15378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15387 name "sec:Footnotes"
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15395 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15401 or the toolbar button
15402 \begin_inset Graphics
15403 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
15416 \begin_inset Graphics
15417 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15426 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15455 label, the box will
15459 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15460 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15473 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15489 \begin_layout Standard
15490 Here's an example footnote:
15498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15509 position where the footnote box is placed.
15510 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15511 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15512 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15513 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15514 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15519 ey are described in the
15526 \begin_layout Section
15528 \begin_inset Index idx
15531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15540 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15548 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15549 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15553 \begin_inset space ~
15558 or the toolbar button
15559 \begin_inset Graphics
15560 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 appearing within your text.
15588 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15598 At the side is an example marginal note.
15602 \begin_inset Marginal
15605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15606 This is a marginal note.
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15615 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15616 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15617 pages, right on odd pages.
15620 \begin_layout Section
15621 Graphics and Images
15622 \begin_inset Index idx
15625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 \begin_inset Index idx
15635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15644 name "sec:Graphics"
15651 \begin_layout Standard
15652 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15653 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15654 \begin_inset Graphics
15655 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15665 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15668 \begin_layout Standard
15669 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15674 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15675 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15677 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15678 \begin_inset space ~
15682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15684 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15696 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15697 of the image in the output.
15698 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15702 \begin_inset space ~
15706 \begin_inset space ~
15715 \begin_inset space ~
15719 \begin_inset space ~
15723 \begin_inset space ~
15728 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15729 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15740 LaTeX and LyX options
15742 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15743 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15747 \begin_inset space ~
15752 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15753 with the image size is printed.
15757 \begin_inset space ~
15761 \begin_inset space ~
15765 \begin_inset space ~
15770 is explained in the
15781 \begin_layout Standard
15782 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15783 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15785 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15791 \begin_inset Graphics
15792 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
15794 rotateOrigin center
15801 \begin_layout Standard
15802 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15803 the image into a float, see section
15804 \begin_inset space ~
15808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15810 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15817 \begin_layout Subsection
15819 \begin_inset Index idx
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15831 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15839 You can insert images in any known file format.
15840 But as we explained in section
15841 \begin_inset space ~
15845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15847 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15851 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15852 LyX uses therefore the program
15856 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15857 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15858 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15859 \begin_inset space ~
15863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15865 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15873 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15876 \begin_layout Description
15878 \begin_inset space ~
15881 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15882 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15883 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15887 Graphics Interchange Format
15888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 (GIF, file extension
15892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15904 \begin_inset Index idx
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15939 Portable Network Graphics
15940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15943 (PNG, file extension
15944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15956 \begin_inset Index idx
15959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15991 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15995 (JPG, file extension
15996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16020 \begin_inset Index idx
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 \begin_layout Description
16056 \begin_inset space ~
16059 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16061 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16062 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16063 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16064 \begin_inset Newline newline
16067 Scalable image formats can be
16068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16071 Scalable Vector Graphics
16072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16075 (SVG, file extension
16076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16088 \begin_inset Index idx
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16123 Encapsulated PostScript
16124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16127 (EPS, file extension
16128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16140 \begin_inset Index idx
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16175 Portable Document Format
16176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16179 (PDF, file extension
16180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16192 \begin_inset Index idx
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16202 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16203 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16204 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16219 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16223 \begin_layout Subsection
16224 Grouping of Image Settings
16225 \begin_inset Index idx
16228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16229 Images ! Settings grouping
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16240 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16241 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16243 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16244 need to manually change each of them.
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16249 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16252 \begin_inset space ~
16257 field in the Graphics dialog.
16258 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16259 by checking the name of the desired group.
16262 \begin_layout Section
16264 \begin_inset Index idx
16267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16284 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16285 \begin_inset Graphics
16286 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
16293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16297 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16298 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16299 from the rest of the table.
16300 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16301 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16303 Here's an example table:
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16308 \begin_inset Tabular
16309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16310 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 \begin_layout Subsection
16518 \begin_layout Standard
16519 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16520 brings up the table dialog.
16521 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16522 where the cursor is placed currently.
16523 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16524 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16525 done on all of your selection.
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16529 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16537 helps you in setting table properties.
16538 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16541 \begin_layout Standard
16545 \begin_inset space ~
16550 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16551 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16552 current cell respectively.
16553 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16555 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16556 of text, see section
16557 \begin_inset space ~
16561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16563 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16570 \begin_layout Standard
16571 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16572 using the check box
16581 This will merge the cells to
16585 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16586 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16587 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16588 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16589 in the last row without the upper border:
16592 \begin_layout Standard
16594 \begin_inset Tabular
16595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16596 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16598 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16611 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16620 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 \begin_layout Standard
16732 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16733 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16734 explained in the tables section of the
16737 \begin_inset space ~
16743 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16747 degrees counterclockwise.
16748 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16752 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16760 Most DVI-viewers are
16764 able to display rotations.
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16777 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16782 adds lines for all cell borders.
16785 \begin_layout Subsection
16787 \begin_inset Index idx
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16791 Tables ! Longtables
16797 \begin_inset Index idx
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 \begin_layout Standard
16810 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16813 \begin_inset space ~
16817 \begin_inset space ~
16826 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16827 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16830 \begin_layout Description
16835 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16836 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16837 except for the first page, if
16840 \begin_inset space ~
16848 \begin_layout Description
16852 \begin_inset space ~
16857 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16858 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16861 \begin_layout Description
16866 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16867 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16868 except for the last page, if
16871 \begin_inset space ~
16879 \begin_layout Description
16883 \begin_inset space ~
16888 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16889 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16892 \begin_layout Description
16893 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
16894 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16900 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16903 \begin_inset space ~
16911 \begin_layout Standard
16912 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16913 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16914 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16915 The others will then be defined as
16920 In this context, first means first in this order:
16923 \begin_inset space ~
16935 \begin_inset space ~
16941 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16944 \begin_layout Standard
16946 \begin_inset Tabular
16947 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16948 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16949 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16950 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16951 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16952 <row endfirsthead="true">
16953 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16959 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16964 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <row endfirsthead="true">
16984 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <row endhead="true">
17017 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <row endhead="true">
17048 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <row endfoot="true">
17081 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <row endlastfoot="true">
19063 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 \begin_layout Subsection
19102 \begin_inset Index idx
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19114 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19121 \begin_layout Standard
19122 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19123 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19124 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19125 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19129 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19130 for the cell's paragraph.
19133 \begin_layout Standard
19134 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19135 for the column in the table dialog.
19136 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19137 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19141 \begin_layout Standard
19143 \begin_inset Tabular
19144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19145 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19147 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 This is longer now.
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19350 This is longer now.
19355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 \begin_layout Standard
19382 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19383 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19389 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19395 Selection with the mouse or with
19399 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19400 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19401 the selection from outside the table.
19404 \begin_layout Section
19406 \begin_inset Index idx
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19425 \begin_layout Standard
19426 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19427 have a fixed location.
19429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19436 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19444 \begin_inset space ~
19449 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19450 too many notes on the page.
19453 \begin_layout Standard
19454 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19455 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19456 and pages without text.
19457 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19458 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19459 Floats are therefore numbered.
19460 Referencing is described in section
19461 \begin_inset space ~
19465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19467 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19474 \begin_layout Standard
19475 To insert a float, use the menu
19477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19481 A box with a caption that has e.
19482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19486 \begin_inset space \space{}
19490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19494 \begin_inset space ~
19498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19501 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19502 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19504 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19505 \begin_inset Index idx
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19515 paragraph within the float.
19516 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19517 by left-clicking on the box label.
19518 A closed float box looks like this:
19519 \begin_inset Graphics
19520 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
19525 – a gray button with a red label.
19528 \begin_layout Standard
19529 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19530 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19533 \begin_layout Subsection
19537 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19539 \begin_inset Index idx
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 Floats ! Figure floats
19549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19551 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19558 \begin_layout Standard
19561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19562 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19565 inserts a float with the label
19566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19572 \begin_inset space ~
19578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19582 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19583 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19584 This is what we did for Figure
19585 \begin_inset space ~
19589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19591 reference "cap:Platypus"
19596 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19597 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19598 This was done in Figure
19599 \begin_inset space ~
19603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19605 reference "cap:Escher"
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19613 \begin_inset Float figure
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 \begin_inset Graphics
19621 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19623 rotateOrigin center
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 \begin_inset Caption
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19636 name "cap:Platypus"
19640 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19653 \begin_layout Standard
19654 \begin_inset Float figure
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 \begin_inset Caption
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 \begin_inset Graphics
19681 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19683 rotateOrigin center
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19696 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19698 As described in section
19699 \begin_inset space ~
19703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19705 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19709 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19714 and refer to it using the menu
19716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19720 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19729 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
19731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19741 \begin_layout Standard
19742 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19743 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19744 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19745 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19747 \begin_inset space ~
19751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19753 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19757 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19758 You can also set the images one below the other.
19760 \begin_inset space ~
19764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19766 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19773 reference "fig:Platypus"
19777 are the subfigures.
19780 \begin_layout Standard
19781 \begin_inset Float figure
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19791 \begin_inset Float figure
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 \begin_inset Caption
19799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19802 name "fig:Undefinable"
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 \begin_inset Graphics
19816 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19827 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19831 \begin_inset Float figure
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 \begin_inset Caption
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19842 name "fig:Platypus"
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 \begin_inset Graphics
19856 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19868 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 \begin_inset Caption
19877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19880 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19884 Two distorted images.
19897 \begin_layout Standard
19898 Note that the caption is added to the
19901 \begin_inset space ~
19905 \begin_inset space ~
19910 as described in section
19911 \begin_inset space ~
19915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19917 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19924 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19926 \begin_inset Index idx
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 Floats ! Table floats
19938 \begin_layout Standard
19939 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19942 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19946 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19949 \begin_inset space ~
19953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19955 reference "cap:Table-float"
19959 is an example of a table float.
19962 \begin_layout Standard
19963 \begin_inset Float table
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 \begin_inset Caption
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19974 name "cap:Table-float"
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 \begin_inset Tabular
19989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19990 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20144 \end{array}\right]$
20152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20188 \begin_inset Index idx
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20200 \begin_layout Standard
20201 This float type is inserted with the menu
20203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20204 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20208 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20209 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20213 , described in section
20214 \begin_inset space ~
20218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20220 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20228 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20242 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20250 floatname{algorithm}{your
20251 \begin_inset space ~
20257 \begin_layout Standard
20258 to the document preamble (menu
20260 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20267 \begin_inset space ~
20273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20289 \begin_inset Index idx
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20293 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20301 \begin_layout Standard
20302 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 \begin_inset Graphics
20311 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
20313 rotateOrigin center
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 \begin_inset Caption
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20326 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20330 This is a wrapped figure.
20331 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20344 This float type is used if you want to
20345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20352 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20354 It can be inserted using the menu
20356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20357 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20359 \begin_inset space ~
20364 if the LaTeX-package
20369 \begin_inset Index idx
20372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20386 \begin_inset space ~
20396 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20399 \begin_inset space ~
20403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20405 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20409 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20418 Available units are explained in Appendix
20419 \begin_inset space ~
20423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20425 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20434 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20438 \begin_layout Standard
20439 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20447 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20452 \begin_inset space \space{}
20455 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20456 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20465 \begin_layout Itemize
20466 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20467 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20468 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20469 page breaks will appear.
20472 \begin_layout Itemize
20473 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20474 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20477 \begin_layout Itemize
20478 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20479 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20482 \begin_layout Itemize
20483 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20486 \begin_layout Subsection
20488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20490 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20495 \begin_inset Index idx
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 \begin_layout Standard
20508 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20509 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20513 \begin_inset space ~
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20523 have a multicolumn document).
20524 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20533 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20534 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20541 \begin_layout Standard
20542 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20543 format is also the same: Table
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20550 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20554 is an example of a rotated table float.
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20566 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20574 \begin_layout Standard
20575 \begin_inset Float table
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 \begin_inset Caption
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20586 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 \begin_inset Tabular
20601 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20602 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20667 \begin_layout Subsection
20669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20671 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20676 \begin_inset Index idx
20679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20690 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20691 \begin_inset Newline newline
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20702 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20703 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20704 \begin_inset Newline newline
20710 \begin_inset space ~
20715 is used to rotate floats, see section
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20722 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20730 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20731 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20734 \begin_inset space ~
20738 \begin_inset space ~
20746 \begin_layout Description
20748 \begin_inset space ~
20752 \begin_inset space ~
20755 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20758 \begin_layout Description
20760 \begin_inset space ~
20764 \begin_inset space ~
20767 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20770 \begin_layout Description
20772 \begin_inset space ~
20776 \begin_inset space ~
20779 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20782 \begin_layout Description
20784 \begin_inset space ~
20788 \begin_inset space ~
20791 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20795 The order of the above option is
20800 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20804 \begin_inset space ~
20808 \begin_inset space ~
20816 \begin_inset space ~
20820 \begin_inset space ~
20825 , and then the others.
20826 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20828 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20829 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 By default, each option has its own rules:
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20840 \begin_inset space ~
20844 \begin_inset space ~
20849 only floats occupying less than 70
20850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20853 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20856 \begin_layout Standard
20860 \begin_inset space ~
20864 \begin_inset space ~
20869 : only floats occupying less than 30
20870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20873 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20880 \begin_inset space ~
20884 \begin_inset space ~
20889 : only if more than 50
20890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20893 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20897 \begin_layout Standard
20898 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20902 \begin_inset space ~
20906 \begin_inset space ~
20914 \begin_layout Standard
20915 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20916 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20917 For this case you can use the option
20920 \begin_inset space ~
20926 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20928 Because the float is then no longer able to
20929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20936 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20940 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20941 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20945 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20947 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20949 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20956 \begin_layout Section
20958 \begin_inset Index idx
20961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20970 name "sec:Minipages"
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20980 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20981 \begin_inset space ~
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20995 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20996 and its alignment within the page.
20999 \begin_layout Standard
21001 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21011 height_special "totalheight"
21014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21017 This is a minipage.
21018 The text is set in an italic style.
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21024 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21025 another formatting.
21033 \begin_layout Standard
21034 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21037 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21041 as described in section
21042 \begin_inset space ~
21046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21048 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21053 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21070 height_special "totalheight"
21073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21074 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21075 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21085 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21095 height_special "totalheight"
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21100 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21116 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21117 to other box types.
21118 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21129 \begin_layout Chapter
21130 Mathematical Formulas
21131 \begin_inset Index idx
21134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_inset Index idx
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21175 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21182 \begin_layout Standard
21183 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21188 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21191 \begin_layout Section
21193 \begin_inset Index idx
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_layout Standard
21206 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21207 \begin_inset Graphics
21208 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21213 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21215 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21216 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21217 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21225 \begin_layout Standard
21226 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21230 \begin_inset space ~
21235 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21238 \begin_layout Standard
21239 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21240 line, like this one:
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21244 This is a line with an inline formula
21245 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21252 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21254 \begin_inset Formula
21261 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21264 \begin_layout Standard
21265 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21271 \begin_inset space \space{}
21275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21288 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21289 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21293 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21296 \begin_inset space ~
21304 \begin_layout Subsection
21305 Navigating in Formulas
21306 \begin_inset Index idx
21309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21318 \begin_layout Standard
21319 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21320 achieved with the arrow keys.
21321 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21322 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21327 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21328 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21332 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21336 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21339 \end{array}\right]$
21347 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21352 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21353 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21361 , printed in this document as
21362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21383 \begin_inset Note Note
21386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21387 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21388 space character (visible space).
21393 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21394 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21395 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21400 For example, if you want
21401 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21455 , since in the latter case only the
21458 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21463 will be under the square root sign:
21464 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21473 \begin_inset Formula
21475 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21484 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21485 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21488 \begin_layout Subsection
21492 \begin_layout Standard
21493 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21494 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21498 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21499 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21500 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21501 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21502 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21505 \begin_layout Subsection
21506 Exponents and Subscripts
21507 \begin_inset Index idx
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_inset Index idx
21520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21529 \begin_layout Standard
21530 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21531 way is to use a command.
21533 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21536 , type in a formula
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21558 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21564 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21568 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21589 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21598 , you have to use an extra
21602 to separate the hat and the character.
21604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21608 \begin_inset space \space{}
21612 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21633 Subscripts are similar: To get
21634 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21657 \begin_layout Subsection
21659 \begin_inset Index idx
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21672 Create a fraction with either the command
21679 \begin_inset Graphics
21680 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
21688 \begin_inset space ~
21694 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21695 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21696 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21701 To move back up, press
21706 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21707 \begin_inset Formula
21709 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21712 \end{array}\right)}\right]
21720 \begin_layout Subsection
21722 \begin_inset Index idx
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 \begin_layout Standard
21735 Roots can be created using the
21738 \begin_inset space ~
21744 \begin_inset Graphics
21745 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
21768 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21774 produces always a square root.
21777 \begin_layout Subsection
21778 Operators with Limits
21779 \begin_inset Index idx
21782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21789 \begin_inset Index idx
21792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21801 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21808 \begin_layout Standard
21810 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21814 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21817 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21818 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21819 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21820 The sum operator will automatically place its
21821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21828 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21831 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21835 \begin_inset Formula
21837 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21842 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21846 \begin_layout Standard
21847 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21849 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21850 behind the operator and hitting
21858 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21859 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21861 \begin_inset space ~
21865 \begin_inset space ~
21873 \begin_layout Standard
21874 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21882 feature as addition, such as
21883 \begin_inset Index idx
21886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 \begin_inset Formula
21895 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
21900 which will place the
21901 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21913 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21914 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21920 \begin_layout Standard
21921 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21928 Have a look at section
21929 \begin_inset space ~
21933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21935 reference "sub:Functions"
21939 for an explanation of function macros.
21942 \begin_layout Subsection
21944 \begin_inset Index idx
21947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 \begin_layout Standard
21957 Most math symbols can be found in the
21960 \begin_inset space ~
21965 under one of several categories; including
21982 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21986 \begin_layout Standard
21987 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21988 you don't have to use the
21991 \begin_inset space ~
21996 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21997 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22000 \begin_layout Subsection
22002 \begin_inset Index idx
22005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22014 \begin_layout Standard
22015 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22020 arg "space-insert protected"
22026 \begin_inset space ~
22032 \begin_inset Graphics
22033 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22038 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22039 For example, the sequence
22044 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22048 \begin_inset Graphics
22049 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22054 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22055 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22056 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22057 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22059 Here are two examples:
22062 \begin_layout Standard
22072 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22088 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22094 \begin_layout Subsection
22096 \begin_inset Index idx
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22108 name "sub:Functions"
22115 \begin_layout Standard
22119 \begin_inset space ~
22124 contains under the button
22125 \begin_inset Graphics
22126 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22130 a number of function macros, such as
22131 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22135 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22143 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22150 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22151 avoid confusions, because
22152 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22156 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22162 \begin_layout Standard
22163 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22165 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22169 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22175 \begin_layout Standard
22176 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22177 s are placed, as described in section
22178 \begin_inset space ~
22182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22184 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22191 \begin_layout Subsection
22193 \begin_inset Index idx
22196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 \begin_layout Standard
22206 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22208 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22209 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22214 \begin_inset space \space{}
22218 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22221 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22222 Our example is entered by typing
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22243 \begin_inset space ~
22247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22249 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22253 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22256 \begin_layout Standard
22257 \begin_inset Float table
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 \begin_inset Caption
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22268 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22272 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22282 \begin_inset Tabular
22283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22284 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22533 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22587 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22641 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22695 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22749 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22803 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22848 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22869 \begin_layout Standard
22870 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22873 \begin_inset space ~
22879 \begin_inset Graphics
22880 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
22884 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22888 \begin_layout Section
22889 Brackets and Delimiters
22890 \begin_inset Index idx
22893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22900 \begin_inset Index idx
22903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22912 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22919 \begin_layout Standard
22920 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22921 For most purposes, using just the keys
22926 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22927 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22928 toolbar delimiter icon
22929 \begin_inset Graphics
22930 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
22935 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22937 \begin_inset Formula
22939 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22947 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22948 \begin_inset Formula
22950 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22960 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22964 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22965 left side and right side.
22966 If you use the option
22969 \begin_inset space ~
22974 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22975 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22976 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22977 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22982 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22983 inside the brackets.
22984 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22989 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22992 \begin_layout Section
22993 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22994 \begin_inset Index idx
22997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23004 \begin_inset Index idx
23007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23014 \begin_inset Index idx
23017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23018 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23027 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23030 \begin_inset space ~
23036 \begin_inset Graphics
23037 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23042 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23043 Here is an example:
23044 \begin_inset Formula
23046 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23055 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23056 \begin_inset space ~
23060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23062 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23067 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23068 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23069 This alignment is set in the box
23074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23122 for every column as default.
23123 For example, the sequence
23124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23135 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23136 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23137 corresponds to the relevant column.
23138 The result will look like this:
23139 \begin_inset Formula
23142 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23143 column & has & has\, right\\
23144 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23154 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23157 arg "newline-insert newline"
23160 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23161 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23163 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23166 or the math toolbar.
23169 \begin_layout Standard
23170 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23171 It can be created with the menu
23173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23174 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23176 \begin_inset space ~
23188 Here is an example:
23189 \begin_inset Formula
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23207 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23210 arg "newline-insert newline"
23214 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23219 arg "newline-insert newline"
23222 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23230 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23231 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23232 A new row is created by every further hit of
23235 arg "newline-insert newline"
23239 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23240 Here is an example:
23241 \begin_inset Formula
23243 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23244 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23249 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23250 where you want to start the shift and hit
23255 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23256 position to the next column.
23257 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23258 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23259 \begin_inset Formula
23261 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23277 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23278 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23281 reference "eq:asquared"
23286 The other types are described in section
23287 \begin_inset space ~
23291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23293 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23300 \begin_layout Section
23301 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23302 \begin_inset Index idx
23305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23306 Math ! Formula numbering
23312 \begin_inset Index idx
23315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23316 Math ! Referencing formulas
23322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23324 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23331 \begin_layout Standard
23332 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23334 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23335 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23337 \begin_inset space ~
23345 arg "math-number-toggle"
23349 The formula number appears in LyX as
23350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23357 within parentheses.
23359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23366 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23368 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23369 the document class.
23370 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23371 separated by a dot:
23372 \begin_inset Formula
23382 arg "math-number-toggle"
23385 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23386 You can only number displayed formulas.
23389 \begin_layout Standard
23390 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23393 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23395 \begin_inset space ~
23399 \begin_inset space ~
23403 \begin_inset space ~
23411 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23414 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23415 \begin_inset Formula
23418 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23424 To number all lines use the shortcut
23427 arg "math-number-toggle"
23433 \begin_layout Standard
23434 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23437 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23438 A label is inserted with the menu
23440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23443 when the cursor is in the formula.
23444 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23445 It is recommended to use the proposed
23446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23457 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23458 type when you have many labels in your document.
23459 We inserted in the following example the label
23460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23467 in the second line:
23468 \begin_inset Formula
23470 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23471 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23476 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23477 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23487 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23491 \begin_inset space ~
23497 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23498 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23499 as the formula number:
23502 \begin_layout Standard
23503 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23506 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23513 \begin_layout Standard
23514 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23515 \begin_inset space ~
23519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23521 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23526 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23532 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23545 \begin_layout Section
23546 User defined math macros
23547 \begin_inset Index idx
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 \begin_layout Standard
23560 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23561 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23562 Math macros are explained in section
23565 \begin_inset space ~
23577 \begin_layout Section
23581 \begin_layout Subsection
23583 \begin_inset Index idx
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23595 \begin_layout Standard
23596 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23597 To set a font in a formula, use the
23600 \begin_inset space ~
23606 \begin_inset Graphics
23607 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23611 , or enter its command, listed in table
23612 \begin_inset space ~
23616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23618 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23625 \begin_layout Standard
23626 \begin_inset Float table
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 \begin_inset Caption
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23637 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23641 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 \begin_inset Tabular
23652 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23653 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23687 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23741 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23801 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23828 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23862 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23889 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 \begin_layout Standard
23924 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23932 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23948 \begin_layout Standard
23949 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23950 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23955 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
23956 space when you need a space in the box.
23957 Here an example where
23958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23969 denotes the set of numbers:
23970 \begin_inset Formula
23972 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23987 \begin_inset space \space{}
23999 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24003 \begin_inset Newline newline
24006 So it is better not to use this feature.
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24011 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24015 \begin_inset Newline newline
24018 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24024 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24025 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24031 \begin_layout Standard
24038 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24041 \begin_layout Standard
24042 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24044 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24045 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24047 \begin_inset space ~
24055 \begin_layout Subsection
24057 \begin_inset Index idx
24060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24069 \begin_layout Standard
24070 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24072 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24076 \begin_inset space ~
24080 \begin_inset space ~
24088 \begin_inset space ~
24094 \begin_inset Graphics
24095 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24106 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24107 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24108 Here is an example:
24109 \begin_inset Formula
24112 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24113 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24122 \begin_layout Subsection
24124 \begin_inset Index idx
24127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24136 \begin_layout Standard
24137 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24138 automatically chosen in most situations.
24156 For most characters,
24164 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24165 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24170 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24171 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24173 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24174 \begin_inset Graphics
24175 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24180 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24181 For example, you can set
24182 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24185 , which is normally in
24194 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24198 The four styles are used in the following example:
24201 \begin_layout Standard
24202 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24206 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24210 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24214 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24221 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24222 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24224 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24231 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24232 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24233 will be adjusted to correspond.
24234 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24249 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24255 \begin_layout Section
24259 \begin_layout Standard
24260 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24261 the document classes and into layout modules.
24262 \begin_inset Index idx
24265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24271 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24272 other than the AMS classes.
24274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24276 reference "sub:Modules"
24280 for more on layout modules.
24283 \begin_layout Section
24285 \begin_inset Index idx
24288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24295 \begin_inset Index idx
24298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24307 \begin_layout Standard
24308 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24309 (AMS) that are in common use.
24312 \begin_layout Subsection
24313 Enabling AMS-Support
24316 \begin_layout Standard
24317 Selecting the checkbox
24320 \begin_inset space ~
24324 \begin_inset space ~
24328 \begin_inset space ~
24335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24339 \begin_inset Index idx
24342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24343 Document ! Settings
24351 \begin_inset space ~
24356 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24358 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24359 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24362 \begin_layout Subsection
24364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24366 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24371 \begin_inset Index idx
24374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24375 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24383 \begin_layout Standard
24384 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24385 LyX allows you to choose between
24406 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24409 \begin_layout Chapter
24413 \begin_layout Section
24415 \begin_inset Index idx
24418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24427 name "sec:Cross-References"
24434 \begin_layout Standard
24435 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24436 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24438 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24439 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24440 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24443 \begin_layout Enumerate
24447 \begin_layout Enumerate
24448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24450 name "enu:Second-item"
24457 \begin_layout Enumerate
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24462 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24467 or by pressing the toolbar button
24468 \begin_inset Graphics
24469 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24475 A grey label box like this:
24476 \begin_inset Graphics
24477 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24482 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24483 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24518 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24519 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24523 \begin_inset space \space{}
24526 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24541 \begin_layout Standard
24542 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24547 or the toolbar button
24548 \begin_inset Graphics
24549 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24555 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24556 \begin_inset Graphics
24557 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
24562 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24564 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24577 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24587 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24592 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24593 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24595 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24602 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24603 \begin_inset space ~
24607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24609 reference "enu:Second-item"
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24617 It is recommended to use a protected space
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 described in section
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24629 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24638 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24642 \begin_layout Standard
24643 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24646 \begin_layout Description
24647 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24650 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24657 \begin_layout Description
24658 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
24659 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
24661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24671 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24678 \begin_layout Description
24679 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24685 LatexCommand pageref
24686 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24693 \begin_layout Description
24695 \begin_inset space ~
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24702 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24704 LatexCommand vpageref
24705 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24712 \begin_layout Description
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24718 \begin_inset space ~
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24725 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24728 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24735 \begin_layout Description
24737 \begin_inset space ~
24740 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24741 \begin_inset Newline newline
24745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24753 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24762 \begin_inset Index idx
24765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24766 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24772 \begin_inset Index idx
24775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24776 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
24789 \begin_layout Description
24791 \begin_inset space ~
24794 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
24795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24796 LatexCommand nameref
24797 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24809 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24816 \begin_inset space \space{}
24820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24834 <reference> on page <page>
24836 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24840 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
24841 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24842 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24846 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24851 You can only use the style
24855 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24859 is always possible.
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24864 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24866 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24873 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24885 \begin_inset space ~
24889 \begin_inset space ~
24894 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24895 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24903 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24904 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24905 \begin_inset Graphics
24906 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24907 rotateOrigin center
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 You can change labels at any time.
24916 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24917 do not need to take care about this.
24920 \begin_layout Standard
24921 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24922 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24926 References are described in detail in sec.
24927 \begin_inset space ~
24931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24945 \begin_layout Section
24946 Table of Contents and other Listings
24947 \begin_inset Index idx
24950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24957 \begin_inset Index idx
24960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24976 \begin_layout Subsection
24978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24980 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24991 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset space ~
25003 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25004 If you click on it, the
25008 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25009 sections in your documents.
25010 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25015 that is described in sec.
25016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25022 reference "sec:Navigating"
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25030 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25031 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25033 \begin_inset space ~
25037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25039 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25043 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25045 \begin_inset space ~
25049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25051 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25055 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25057 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25060 \begin_layout Subsection
25061 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25064 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25073 You can insert them via the
25075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25077 \begin_inset space ~
25081 \begin_inset space ~
25087 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25090 \begin_layout Section
25091 URLs and Hyperlinks
25092 \begin_inset Index idx
25095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25102 \begin_inset Index idx
25105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25114 \begin_layout Subsection
25116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25125 \begin_layout Standard
25126 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25135 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25136 \begin_inset Flex URL
25139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25156 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25169 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25177 \begin_layout Subsection
25179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25181 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25194 or with the toolbar button
25195 \begin_inset Graphics
25196 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25201 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25210 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25211 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25212 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25214 name "LyX's homepage"
25215 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25219 , an Email address like this:
25220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25222 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25223 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25228 , or a link to a file.
25231 \begin_layout Standard
25232 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25245 to the link target.
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25250 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25251 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25252 the text style dialog.
25253 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25257 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25259 name "LyX's homepage"
25260 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25268 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25272 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25275 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25279 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25281 \begin_inset Newline newline
25289 \begin_inset Newline newline
25296 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25299 \begin_layout Section
25301 \begin_inset Index idx
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25313 name "sec:Appendices"
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 Appendices are created with the menu
25323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25325 \begin_inset space ~
25329 \begin_inset space ~
25335 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25336 as the appendix region.
25337 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25342 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25343 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25344 and the subsection number.
25345 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25349 \begin_layout Standard
25351 \begin_inset space ~
25355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25357 reference "cha:Credits"
25362 \begin_inset space ~
25366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25368 reference "sub:Export"
25375 \begin_layout Section
25377 \begin_inset Index idx
25380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25389 name "sec:Bibliography"
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25397 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25398 You can include a bibliography database,
25402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25403 Known under the name
25404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25416 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25417 manually, using the paragraph environment
25421 , which was described in section
25422 \begin_inset space ~
25426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25428 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25433 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25434 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25438 use a bibliography database.
25441 \begin_layout Subsection
25442 The Bibliography Environment
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25450 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25452 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25461 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25463 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25472 , a short form of its title, as key.
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25476 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25481 or the toolbar button
25482 \begin_inset Graphics
25483 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25488 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25489 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25490 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25491 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25497 entry with surrounding brackets.
25502 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25503 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25518 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25521 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25523 key "latexcompanion"
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25532 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25541 \begin_layout Subsection
25542 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25543 \begin_inset Index idx
25546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25547 Bibliography ! Databases
25553 \begin_inset Index idx
25556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25557 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25565 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25572 \begin_layout Standard
25573 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25579 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25581 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25582 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25587 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25589 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25590 your working field in a database.
25591 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25592 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25594 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25598 \begin_layout Standard
25599 The database is a text file with the file extension
25600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25611 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25612 The format is explained in
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25619 and in LaTeX books (
25620 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25622 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25627 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25628 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25629 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25630 \begin_inset Flex URL
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25635 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 To use a database, use the menu
25646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25651 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25664 \begin_inset space ~
25670 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25671 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25674 Add bibliography to TOC
25676 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25681 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
25682 in the document or just the cited references.
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25698 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25699 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25700 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25702 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25708 For information how this is done, have a look at
25709 \begin_inset Newline newline
25713 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25715 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25728 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25732 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25733 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25736 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25764 \begin_inset space ~
25770 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 When you select the option
25788 Sectioned bibliography
25792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25795 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25796 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25798 Customizing Bibliographies
25806 Additional Features
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25812 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25813 the two methods of creating them.
25814 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25815 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25816 We used the style file
25820 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25823 \begin_layout Subsection
25824 Bibliography layout
25825 \begin_inset Index idx
25828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25829 Bibliography ! Layout
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25838 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25839 For this feature you need to enable the option
25845 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25849 \begin_inset Index idx
25852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25853 Document ! Settings
25863 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25864 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25865 in the previous section.
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25869 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25870 in the citation reference window.
25871 Here an example where we set the text
25872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25876 \begin_inset space ~
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25883 to appear after the reference:
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25888 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25891 key "latexcompanion"
25898 \begin_layout Section
25900 \begin_inset Index idx
25903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25924 \begin_inset space ~
25929 or the toolbar button
25930 \begin_inset Graphics
25931 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
25937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25948 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25949 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25950 by LyX as the index entry.
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25954 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25955 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25959 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25971 \begin_inset space ~
25975 \begin_inset space ~
25978 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25980 \begin_inset space ~
25986 A light blue box labeled
25987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25999 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26002 \begin_layout Subsection
26003 Grouping Index Entries
26004 \begin_inset Index idx
26007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26019 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26020 lists under the entry
26021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26029 First we create the entry
26030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26038 \begin_inset space ~
26042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26044 reference "sub:Lists"
26049 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26050 \begin_inset space ~
26054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26056 reference "sec:Itemize"
26060 , we insert the command
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 for the enumerated list in section
26081 \begin_inset space ~
26085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26087 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 The exclamation mark
26096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26103 marks the grouping levels.
26104 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26105 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26106 If we don't have an index entry for
26107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26114 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26117 \begin_layout Subsection
26119 \begin_inset Index idx
26122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26123 Index ! Page ranges
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26132 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26134 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26135 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26137 \begin_inset space ~
26141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26143 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26153 Paragraph environments|(
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 and another entry at the end of section
26158 \begin_inset space ~
26162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26164 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26174 Paragraph environments|)
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26202 respectively start and end the index range.
26203 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26204 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26205 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26206 An example is the index entry
26207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26210 Document ! Settings
26211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26217 \begin_layout Subsection
26219 \begin_inset Index idx
26222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26223 Index ! Cross referencing
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26232 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26233 We referred for example in the index entry
26234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26242 \begin_inset space ~
26246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26248 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26252 ) to the index entry
26253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26260 in the same section using the entry
26263 \begin_layout Standard
26266 GIF|see{Image formats}
26269 \begin_layout Standard
26270 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26271 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26272 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26275 \begin_layout Subsection
26277 \begin_inset Index idx
26280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26281 Index ! Entry order
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26290 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26291 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26292 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26297 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26299 \begin_inset space ~
26303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26305 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26314 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26315 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26340 \begin_inset Index idx
26343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26344 Dummy entries ! maïs
26350 \begin_inset Index idx
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26354 Dummy entries ! maître
26360 \begin_inset Index idx
26363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26364 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26369 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26370 order maïs, maison, maître.
26371 To achieve this, we use the command
26374 \begin_layout Standard
26377 previous entry@current entry
26380 \begin_layout Standard
26381 In our case we want to have
26382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26397 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26406 \begin_layout Standard
26407 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26408 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26412 \begin_layout Standard
26413 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26420 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26425 to generate the index (see sec.
26426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26432 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26441 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26449 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26453 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26454 index commands start with
26455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26467 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26472 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26499 \begin_layout Subsection
26501 \begin_inset Index idx
26504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26505 Index ! Entry layout
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26514 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26515 \begin_inset Index idx
26518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26521 This is an italic dummy entry
26526 You can also format the page number using the character
26527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26534 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26535 We can write for example
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26541 italic page number:|textit
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26545 to get the page number in italic.
26546 \begin_inset Index idx
26549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26550 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26555 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26573 \begin_inset space ~
26579 Have a look at section
26580 \begin_inset space ~
26584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26586 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26590 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26594 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26606 to generate the index, see sec.
26607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26613 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26622 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26623 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26624 they can be used, see
26625 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26628 key "latexcompanion"
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26641 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26643 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26644 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26645 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26646 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26647 If so, put the following in the preamble
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26662 \begin_layout Standard
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26673 in the index entry.
26674 \begin_inset Index idx
26677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26678 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26683 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26684 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26685 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26688 \begin_layout Standard
26689 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26695 \begin_inset space \space{}
26698 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26699 for all index entries.
26700 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26712 documentation for details,
26713 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26715 key "makeindex,xindy"
26722 \begin_layout Subsection
26724 \begin_inset Index idx
26727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26736 name "sub:Index-Program"
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 If the index entry program
26748 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26752 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26761 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26762 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26763 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26764 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26765 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26775 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26776 dialog, see section
26777 \begin_inset space ~
26781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26783 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26788 The available options are listed and explained in
26789 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26791 key "makeindex,xindy"
26796 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26800 \begin_layout Standard
26801 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26802 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26806 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26807 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26811 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26812 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26815 \begin_layout Subsection
26819 \begin_layout Standard
26820 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26821 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26829 next to the standard index.
26830 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26831 packages that add this feature.
26837 \begin_inset Index idx
26840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26841 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26846 package to generate multiple indexes.
26847 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26848 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26856 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26857 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26858 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26862 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26865 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26866 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26873 Use multiple Indexes
26874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26878 Note that the list of
26879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26886 below already contains the standard index.
26887 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26888 also appear as a heading) to the
26889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26896 input field and press the
26897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26905 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26906 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26907 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26911 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26917 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26918 indexes in the LyX work area.
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26922 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26927 \begin_inset space ~
26931 \begin_inset space ~
26940 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26941 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26942 are some additional features:
26945 \begin_layout Itemize
26946 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26947 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26950 \begin_layout Itemize
26951 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26952 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26961 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26966 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26967 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26968 to the non-subindexes.
26971 \begin_layout Section
26972 Nomenclature / Glossary
26973 \begin_inset Index idx
26976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26983 \begin_inset Index idx
26986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27017 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27025 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27026 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27036 \begin_inset Index idx
27039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27040 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27046 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27053 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27056 \begin_layout Standard
27057 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27058 and then use the menu
27060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27066 \begin_inset space ~
27071 or the toolbar button
27072 \begin_inset Graphics
27073 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27090 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27094 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27095 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27096 The second is the description of the symbol.
27099 \begin_layout Standard
27100 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27108 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27116 \begin_layout Subsection
27117 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27118 \begin_inset Index idx
27121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27122 Nomenclature ! Layout
27130 \begin_layout Standard
27131 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27135 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27141 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27149 \begin_inset Newline newline
27157 \begin_inset Newline newline
27163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27170 character starts/ends the formula.
27171 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27183 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27194 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27195 \begin_inset space ~
27199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27201 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27212 \begin_inset space ~
27217 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27218 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27223 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27230 in this document is:
27231 \begin_inset Newline newline
27236 dummy entry for the character
27241 \begin_inset Newline newline
27253 \begin_inset space ~
27263 font use the command
27292 \begin_layout Subsection
27293 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27294 \begin_inset Index idx
27297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27298 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27307 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27308 the symbol definition.
27309 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27310 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27313 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27314 LatexCommand nomenclature
27316 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27323 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27327 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27328 LatexCommand nomenclature
27331 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27336 They will be sorted by
27337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27363 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27366 will be sorted before the
27370 since the character
27371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27378 is considered in sorting.
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27382 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27385 \begin_inset space ~
27390 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27391 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27393 For the example given, you can insert
27397 in this field for the
27398 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27405 will be located before
27406 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27413 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27418 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27427 \begin_layout Subsection
27428 Nomenclature Options
27429 \begin_inset Index idx
27432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27433 Nomenclature ! Options
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27446 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27447 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27450 \begin_layout Description
27451 refeq Appends the phrase
27452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27467 to every nomenclature entry, where
27473 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27476 \begin_layout Description
27477 refpage Appends the phrase
27478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27493 to every nomenclature entry, where
27499 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27502 \begin_layout Description
27503 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27507 There are furthermore the options
27551 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27557 class options list in the
27559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27563 In this document the option
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27571 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27579 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27584 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27587 \begin_layout Description
27597 \begin_layout Description
27600 nomrefpage Like the
27607 \begin_layout Description
27610 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27619 \begin_layout Description
27623 \begin_inset space ~
27629 \begin_inset space ~
27634 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27637 \begin_layout Subsection
27638 Printing the Nomenclature
27639 \begin_inset Index idx
27642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27643 Nomenclature ! Printing
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27652 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27656 \begin_inset space ~
27660 \begin_inset space ~
27663 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27667 A light blue box labeled
27668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27679 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27680 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27693 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27701 For example, in order to change the name to
27705 , add the following line to the preamble:
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27716 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27720 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27727 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27728 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27739 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27745 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27746 \begin_inset space ~
27750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27752 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27757 The default value is 1
27758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27764 \begin_layout Subsection
27765 Nomenclature Program
27766 \begin_inset Index idx
27769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27770 Nomenclature ! Program
27776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27778 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27786 LyX uses the program
27790 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27791 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27796 by adding options, see section
27797 \begin_inset space ~
27801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27803 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27808 The available options are listed and explained in
27809 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27811 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27818 \begin_layout Section
27820 \begin_inset Index idx
27823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 \begin_inset Index idx
27833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 Document ! Branches
27840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27842 name "sec:Branches"
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27850 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27851 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27852 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27853 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27857 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27858 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27859 To create a branch, go in the
27861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27869 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27870 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27874 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27875 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27880 where you can choose a branch.
27881 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27886 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27889 \begin_layout Standard
27890 \begin_inset Branch Question
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27894 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27903 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27907 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27915 \begin_layout Standard
27916 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27924 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27926 For example you can define for the question branch
27930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27931 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27932 \begin_inset space ~
27936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27938 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27971 and for the answer branch
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27994 \begin_layout Standard
27995 \begin_inset Branch Question
27998 \begin_layout Standard
28002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28034 \begin_layout Standard
28038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28066 \begin_layout Standard
28067 Now it is possible to use the commands
28071 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28078 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28081 to obtain conditional output.
28082 Here is an example formula where only the
28089 \begin_inset Formula
28091 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28100 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28108 \begin_layout Section
28110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28112 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28117 \begin_inset Index idx
28120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28129 \begin_layout Standard
28134 dialog allows you in the
28138 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28139 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28144 \begin_inset Index idx
28147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28148 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28161 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28162 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28163 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28165 You can specify in the dialog tab
28169 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28171 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28172 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28181 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28182 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28183 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28185 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28186 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28188 \begin_inset space ~
28191 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28192 \begin_inset space ~
28195 1 will only display the sections.
28198 \begin_layout Standard
28199 The header information in the dialog tab
28203 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28204 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28209 \begin_inset space \space{}
28212 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28213 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28216 Automatic fill header
28218 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28219 title and author settings.
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28225 Load in fullscreen mode
28227 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28231 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28232 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28238 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28239 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28248 \begin_layout Section
28249 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28252 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28259 \begin_layout Subsection
28261 \begin_inset Index idx
28264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28273 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28281 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28282 constructs, but not all.
28283 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28284 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28285 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28286 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28287 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28294 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28298 \begin_inset space ~
28303 or by the toolbar button
28304 \begin_inset Graphics
28305 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
28310 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28316 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28317 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28318 using the LaTeX-command
28324 , you can write the command part
28330 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28334 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28335 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28336 the following example:
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28340 \begin_inset Graphics
28341 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
28349 \begin_layout Standard
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28354 This is a line with a
28358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28381 \begin_layout Standard
28382 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28390 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28391 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28399 \begin_layout Subsection
28400 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28401 \begin_inset Argument
28404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28411 \begin_inset Index idx
28414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28423 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28431 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28432 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28433 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28442 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28443 any time if you know the right commands.
28445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28449 \begin_inset space \space{}
28452 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28454 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28455 all caption labels bold.
28456 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28458 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28462 \begin_layout Standard
28463 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28464 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28465 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28476 \begin_layout Standard
28477 As result you know that the package
28482 \begin_inset Index idx
28485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28486 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28492 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28505 usepackage[options]{package name}
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28509 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28510 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28511 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 In your case the package name is
28520 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28525 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28526 So you add the command
28529 \begin_layout Standard
28534 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28543 For more commands provided by the
28547 package, have a look at its documentation,
28548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28565 For example if you use a
28569 class, you don't need the package
28573 , you can instead write
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28581 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28587 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28588 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28589 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28596 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28599 \begin_layout Standard
28600 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28601 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28603 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28604 the previous section.
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28608 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28612 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28620 \begin_layout Section
28621 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28624 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28629 \begin_inset Index idx
28632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28639 \begin_inset Index idx
28642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28651 \begin_layout Standard
28652 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28653 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28654 to break your train of thought with
28656 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28664 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28669 \begin_inset Index idx
28672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28673 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28678 as explained below, and turn on
28681 \begin_inset space ~
28688 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28692 \begin_inset space ~
28696 \begin_inset space ~
28699 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28704 \begin_inset space ~
28709 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28715 Previews of an already loaded document are
28719 generated just by selecting the
28722 \begin_inset space ~
28727 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28730 \begin_layout Standard
28731 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28732 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28735 \begin_inset space ~
28740 check box in the insert dialog.
28741 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28746 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28750 (on some systems named simply
28755 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28757 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28763 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28764 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28772 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28784 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28788 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28790 \begin_inset space ~
28795 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28796 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28798 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28799 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28800 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28801 the source view window.
28804 \begin_layout Section
28806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28808 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28813 \begin_inset Index idx
28816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28825 \begin_layout Standard
28826 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28827 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28844 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28850 can be seen as the successor to
28858 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28864 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28865 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28874 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28875 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28885 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28888 or the toolbar button
28889 \begin_inset Graphics
28890 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28894 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28895 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28896 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28897 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28898 scrolled so that it is visible.
28903 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28905 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28909 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28910 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28914 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28921 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28922 will bring an error message.
28923 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28924 specifying a different
28926 Alternative language
28928 in preferences dialog.
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28932 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28935 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28941 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28943 But you can use the
28946 \begin_inset space ~
28950 \begin_inset space ~
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28960 This does work with
28964 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28967 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28976 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28979 \begin_layout Description
28981 \begin_inset space ~
28984 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28985 should consider, e.
28986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28990 \begin_inset space \space{}
28993 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28994 This should not normally be needed.
28997 \begin_layout Description
28999 \begin_inset space ~
29002 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
29003 the spell checker's default choice
29006 \begin_layout Description
29008 \begin_inset space ~
29012 \begin_inset space ~
29015 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 \begin_layout Description
29029 \begin_inset space ~
29033 \begin_inset space ~
29036 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29045 also for the spellchecker.
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 The encodings are explained in section
29051 \begin_inset space ~
29055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29057 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29066 Only enable this if you use
29070 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29071 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29072 so this is disabled by default.
29075 \begin_layout Section
29077 \begin_inset Index idx
29080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29089 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29097 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29098 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29110 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29119 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29120 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29121 are available for many languages.
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29125 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29129 \begin_layout Subsection
29130 Setting up the thesaurus
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29138 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29143 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29148 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29154 en_EN for English).
29155 For instance, the English files are named:
29158 \begin_layout Itemize
29162 \begin_layout Itemize
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29168 already on your system.
29169 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29170 \begin_inset Flex URL
29173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29175 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29181 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29186 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29188 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29189 unpack a zip archive.
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29201 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29202 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29204 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29205 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29209 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29212 \begin_layout Subsection
29213 Using the thesaurus
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29217 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29219 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29222 or the toolbar button
29223 \begin_inset Graphics
29224 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29225 rotateOrigin center
29229 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29231 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29233 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29234 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29235 and hyponyms (such as
29243 ), compounds (such as
29247 ) and antonyms (such as
29255 ), which are marked as such.
29258 \begin_layout Standard
29259 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29260 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29265 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29266 the dictionary, such as the above
29270 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29275 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29276 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29277 For example looking up the word forms
29285 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29290 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29303 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29304 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29305 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29308 \begin_layout Subsection
29309 License of the Thesaurus library
29312 \begin_layout Standard
29317 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29322 as a standalone program.
29323 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29324 The library was released under the
29326 Berkeley Database License
29328 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29329 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29330 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29332 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29335 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29339 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29342 \begin_layout Section
29344 \begin_inset Index idx
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 \begin_inset Index idx
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29358 Document ! Change Tracking
29364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29366 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29373 \begin_layout Standard
29374 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29375 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29376 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29377 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29381 \begin_inset space ~
29384 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29386 \begin_inset space ~
29394 \begin_layout Standard
29395 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29409 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29410 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29417 \begin_inset space ~
29427 \begin_inset Index idx
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29431 Color ! Change tracking
29436 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29437 the cursor is in changed text.
29438 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29439 \begin_inset Graphics
29440 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29441 rotateOrigin center
29448 \begin_layout Standard
29449 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29450 \begin_inset Index idx
29453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29463 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29469 \begin_layout Standard
29470 \begin_inset Graphics
29471 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29478 \begin_layout Standard
29479 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29486 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29491 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29497 \begin_layout Standard
29498 \begin_inset Tabular
29499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29500 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29501 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29502 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 \begin_inset Graphics
29509 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
29510 rotateOrigin center
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29527 \begin_inset space ~
29530 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29532 \begin_inset space ~
29541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29546 \begin_inset Graphics
29547 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
29548 rotateOrigin center
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29565 \begin_inset space ~
29568 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29570 \begin_inset space ~
29574 \begin_inset space ~
29578 \begin_inset space ~
29587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 \begin_inset Graphics
29593 filename ../../images/change-next.png
29594 rotateOrigin center
29603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29607 Jumps to the next change
29613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 \begin_inset Graphics
29619 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
29620 rotateOrigin center
29629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29637 \begin_inset space ~
29640 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29642 \begin_inset space ~
29651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 \begin_inset Graphics
29657 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
29658 rotateOrigin center
29667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29675 \begin_inset space ~
29678 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29680 \begin_inset space ~
29689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29694 \begin_inset Graphics
29695 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29696 rotateOrigin center
29705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29713 \begin_inset space ~
29716 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29718 \begin_inset space ~
29727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29732 \begin_inset Graphics
29733 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
29734 rotateOrigin center
29743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29749 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29751 \begin_inset space ~
29754 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29756 \begin_inset space ~
29760 \begin_inset space ~
29769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29774 \begin_inset Graphics
29775 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
29776 rotateOrigin center
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29791 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29793 \begin_inset space ~
29796 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29798 \begin_inset space ~
29802 \begin_inset space ~
29811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 \begin_inset Graphics
29817 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
29818 rotateOrigin center
29827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29834 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29836 \begin_inset space ~
29845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 \begin_inset Graphics
29851 filename ../../images/note-next.png
29852 rotateOrigin center
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29869 \begin_inset space ~
29885 \begin_layout Standard
29886 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29892 \begin_layout Standard
29893 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29894 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29895 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29896 the next change after the current cursor position.
29897 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29898 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29899 step to the next change.
29900 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29903 \begin_layout Standard
29904 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29905 to describe a change.
29908 \begin_layout Standard
29909 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29914 \begin_inset Index idx
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29918 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29924 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29925 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29931 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29934 \begin_layout Section
29935 International Support
29936 \begin_inset Index idx
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 International support
29948 \begin_layout Standard
29949 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29950 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29951 how to set up LyX to use them:
29952 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29954 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29961 \begin_layout Standard
29962 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29963 \begin_inset space ~
29967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29969 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29976 \begin_layout Subsection
29978 \begin_inset Index idx
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 \begin_inset Index idx
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 Document ! Settings
29998 \begin_inset Index idx
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 Document ! Language
30010 \begin_layout Standard
30013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30016 dialog lets you set
30018 the language and character encoding for your language.
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30023 Choose your language in the
30027 section of this dialog.
30035 \begin_layout Standard
30040 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30045 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30046 For details about the different encoding options see section
30047 \begin_inset space ~
30051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30053 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30060 \begin_layout Subsection
30061 Keyboard mapping configuration
30062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30064 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30071 \begin_layout Standard
30072 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30073 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30074 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30075 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30076 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30078 \begin_inset space ~
30082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30084 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30089 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30090 which one you want to use.
30093 \begin_layout Standard
30094 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30095 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30096 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30097 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30098 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30099 one to support the characters you want.
30100 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30107 \begin_layout Subsection
30111 \begin_layout Standard
30113 \begin_inset space ~
30117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30119 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30128 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30132 \begin_layout Standard
30133 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30134 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30142 \begin_layout Itemize
30143 Even if you have selected
30149 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30152 dialog, users who have only the
30156 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30160 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30161 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30162 french quotes won't show up.
30165 \begin_layout Standard
30166 \begin_inset Float table
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 \begin_inset Caption
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30177 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 \begin_inset Tabular
30196 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30197 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34628 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34630 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34631 also the characters from
34643 \begin_layout Itemize
34652 \begin_layout Standard
34653 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34654 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34660 \begin_layout Standard
34661 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34662 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34670 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34676 \begin_layout Standard
34677 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34678 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34692 \begin_layout Standard
34694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34709 \begin_layout Itemize
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34724 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34732 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34738 \begin_layout Standard
34740 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34748 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34756 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34772 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34773 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34774 Also make sure you're using the
34781 \begin_layout Chapter
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34786 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34793 \begin_layout Standard
34794 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34795 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34796 topic inside the user's guide.
34799 \begin_layout Section
34801 \begin_inset Index idx
34804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34818 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34819 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34822 \begin_layout Subsection
34826 \begin_layout Standard
34827 Creates a new document.
34830 \begin_layout Subsection
34834 \begin_layout Standard
34835 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34836 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34837 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34840 \begin_layout Subsection
34844 \begin_layout Standard
34848 \begin_layout Subsection
34852 \begin_layout Standard
34853 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34854 Click there on a file to open it.
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 Closes the current document.
34865 \begin_layout Subsection
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34870 Closes all opened documents.
34873 \begin_layout Subsection
34877 \begin_layout Standard
34878 Saves the actual document.
34881 \begin_layout Subsection
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34886 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34889 \begin_layout Subsection
34893 \begin_layout Standard
34894 Saves all opened documents.
34897 \begin_layout Subsection
34901 \begin_layout Standard
34902 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34905 \begin_layout Subsection
34909 \begin_layout Standard
34910 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34911 It is described in the section
34913 Version Control in LyX
34917 Additional Features
34922 \begin_layout Subsection
34926 \begin_layout Standard
34927 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34928 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34929 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34930 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34933 \begin_layout Standard
34934 When using the menu entry
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34942 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34946 \begin_inset space ~
34950 \begin_inset space ~
34955 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34956 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34959 \begin_layout Subsection
34961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34970 \begin_layout Standard
34971 You can export your document to various file formats.
34972 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34973 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34974 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34977 \begin_layout Standard
34978 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34986 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34993 \begin_layout Description
34997 \begin_inset space ~
35002 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
35004 \begin_inset Newline newline
35007 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
35010 \begin_layout Description
35018 \begin_layout Description
35019 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35023 \begin_layout Description
35025 \begin_inset space ~
35029 \begin_inset space ~
35032 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35036 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35044 \begin_layout Description
35051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35064 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35065 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35069 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35072 \begin_layout Description
35079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35092 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35093 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35101 \begin_layout Description
35103 \begin_inset space ~
35106 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35114 is replaced by the version number)
35117 \begin_layout Description
35118 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35121 \begin_layout Description
35122 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35135 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35139 \begin_layout Description
35143 \begin_inset space ~
35148 PDF-format using the program
35153 \begin_layout Description
35157 \begin_inset space ~
35162 PDF-format using the program
35167 \begin_layout Description
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35176 PDF-format using the program
35181 \begin_layout Description
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_layout Description
35197 \begin_inset space ~
35201 \begin_inset space ~
35206 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35207 and then exported as text using the program
35212 \begin_layout Description
35217 PostScript format using the program
35222 \begin_layout Description
35230 \begin_layout Standard
35235 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35236 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35242 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35245 \begin_layout Standard
35246 If one of the menu entries
35253 \begin_inset space ~
35262 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35263 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35270 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35275 \begin_inset Index idx
35278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 Reconfiguration of LyX
35287 \begin_layout Standard
35292 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35293 the export program.
35296 \begin_layout Subsection
35300 \begin_layout Standard
35301 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35302 format or send it to a printer.
35303 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35304 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35310 For more information have a look at section
35311 \begin_inset space ~
35315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35317 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35324 \begin_layout Subsection
35328 \begin_layout Standard
35329 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35330 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35331 prefix, see section
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35338 reference "sec:Paths"
35343 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35352 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35353 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35354 \begin_inset space ~
35358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35360 reference "sub:Converters"
35367 \begin_layout Subsection
35368 New and Close Window
35371 \begin_layout Standard
35372 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35375 \begin_layout Subsection
35379 \begin_layout Standard
35380 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35383 \begin_layout Section
35385 \begin_inset Index idx
35388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35397 \begin_layout Subsection
35401 \begin_layout Standard
35402 Described in section
35403 \begin_inset space ~
35407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35409 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35416 \begin_layout Subsection
35417 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35420 \begin_layout Standard
35421 Described in section
35422 \begin_inset space ~
35426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35428 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35435 \begin_layout Subsection
35439 \begin_layout Standard
35440 Selects the whole document.
35443 \begin_layout Subsection
35447 \begin_layout Standard
35448 Described in section
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35455 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35462 \begin_layout Subsection
35463 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35471 \begin_layout Subsection
35475 \begin_layout Standard
35476 Described in section
35477 \begin_inset space ~
35481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35483 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35490 \begin_layout Subsection
35492 \begin_inset Index idx
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 Paragraph ! Settings
35504 \begin_layout Standard
35505 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35506 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35509 \begin_layout Standard
35510 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35511 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35527 \begin_layout Subsection
35528 Table Settings and Math
35531 \begin_layout Standard
35532 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35534 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35535 The properties of tables are described in section
35536 \begin_inset space ~
35540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35542 reference "sec:Tables"
35546 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35547 \begin_inset space ~
35551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35553 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35560 \begin_layout Subsection
35561 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35564 \begin_layout Standard
35565 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35566 that can be nested.
35567 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35568 \begin_inset space ~
35572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35574 reference "sec:Nesting"
35579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35581 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35588 \begin_layout Section
35590 \begin_inset Index idx
35593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 \begin_layout Standard
35607 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35608 document with an external program.
35609 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35610 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35611 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35612 \begin_inset space ~
35616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35618 reference "sub:Export"
35623 You should at least see the menu entries
35630 \begin_inset space ~
35636 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35637 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35638 \begin_inset space ~
35642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35644 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35649 \begin_inset Index idx
35652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 Reconfiguration of LyX
35661 \begin_layout Standard
35662 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35663 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35664 \begin_inset space ~
35668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35670 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35675 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35682 At the bottom of the
35686 menu the opened documents are listed.
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35690 Open/Close all Insets
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35697 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35701 \begin_layout Standard
35702 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35705 \begin_layout Standard
35706 Math macros are described in the
35713 \begin_layout Subsection
35717 \begin_layout Standard
35718 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35726 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35733 \begin_layout Subsection
35737 \begin_layout Standard
35738 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35739 opening a new view window.
35742 \begin_layout Subsection
35746 \begin_layout Standard
35747 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35748 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35749 view the same document, but at different positions.
35750 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35751 or more documents at the same time.
35752 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35759 \begin_layout Subsection
35763 \begin_layout Standard
35764 Closes a split view.
35767 \begin_layout Subsection
35771 \begin_layout Standard
35772 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35773 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35774 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35775 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35776 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35779 \begin_layout Subsection
35781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35783 name "sub:Toolbars"
35788 \begin_inset Index idx
35791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 \begin_layout Standard
35801 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35802 All toolbars and the
35805 \begin_inset space ~
35810 can be turned on and off.
35815 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35827 \begin_inset space ~
35836 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35840 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35847 \begin_layout Standard
35852 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35856 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35857 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35858 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35859 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35860 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35863 \begin_layout Standard
35864 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35865 \begin_inset space ~
35869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35871 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35878 \begin_layout Section
35880 \begin_inset Index idx
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 \begin_layout Subsection
35896 \begin_layout Standard
35897 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35915 \begin_layout Subsection
35917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35919 name "sub:Special-Character"
35926 \begin_layout Standard
35927 Here you can insert the following characters:
35930 \begin_layout Description
35931 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35932 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35933 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35934 \begin_inset Newline newline
35938 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35946 Not all characters will be visible in the
35950 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35958 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35962 ) can display every character.
35970 \begin_layout Description
35971 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35975 \begin_layout Description
35977 \begin_inset space ~
35981 \begin_inset space ~
35984 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35985 \begin_inset space ~
35989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35991 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35998 \begin_layout Description
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36003 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
36006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36016 \begin_layout Description
36018 \begin_inset space ~
36021 Quote Inserts this quote:
36022 \begin_inset Quotes ers
36028 \begin_layout Description
36030 \begin_inset space ~
36033 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36037 \begin_layout Description
36039 \begin_inset space ~
36042 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36046 \begin_layout Description
36048 \begin_inset space ~
36051 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36055 \begin_layout Description
36057 \begin_inset space ~
36061 \begin_inset Index idx
36064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36071 \begin_inset Index idx
36074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36075 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36080 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36081 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36082 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36087 \begin_inset Index idx
36090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36097 \begin_inset Newline newline
36100 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36104 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36112 and this Wiki-page:
36113 \begin_inset Newline newline
36117 \begin_inset Flex URL
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36122 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36130 \begin_layout Subsection
36134 \begin_layout Standard
36135 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36138 \begin_layout Description
36139 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36140 \begin_inset script superscript
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36151 \begin_layout Description
36152 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36153 \begin_inset script subscript
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36164 \begin_layout Description
36166 \begin_inset space ~
36169 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36170 \begin_inset space ~
36174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36176 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36183 \begin_layout Description
36185 \begin_inset space ~
36188 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36189 \begin_inset space ~
36193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36195 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36202 \begin_layout Description
36204 \begin_inset space ~
36207 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36208 \begin_inset space ~
36212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36214 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36221 \begin_layout Description
36223 \begin_inset space ~
36226 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36227 \begin_inset space ~
36231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36233 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36240 \begin_layout Description
36242 \begin_inset space ~
36245 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36246 \begin_inset space ~
36250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36252 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36259 \begin_layout Description
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36264 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36265 \begin_inset space ~
36269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36271 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36278 \begin_layout Description
36279 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
36280 \begin_inset space ~
36284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36286 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
36293 \begin_layout Description
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36298 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36299 \begin_inset space ~
36303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36305 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36312 \begin_layout Description
36314 \begin_inset space ~
36317 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36318 \begin_inset space ~
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36331 \begin_layout Description
36333 \begin_inset space ~
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36340 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36341 \begin_inset space ~
36345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36347 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36354 \begin_layout Description
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36359 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36360 text line to the page border, see section
36361 \begin_inset space ~
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36374 \begin_layout Description
36376 \begin_inset space ~
36379 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36380 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36393 \begin_layout Description
36395 \begin_inset space ~
36398 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36399 text page to the page border, described in section
36400 \begin_inset space ~
36404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36406 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36413 \begin_layout Description
36415 \begin_inset space ~
36418 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36419 \begin_inset space ~
36423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36425 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36432 \begin_layout Description
36434 \begin_inset space ~
36438 \begin_inset space ~
36441 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36442 \begin_inset space ~
36446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36448 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36455 \begin_layout Subsection
36459 \begin_layout Standard
36460 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36461 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36463 \begin_inset space ~
36467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36469 reference "sec:toc"
36474 The index list is described in section
36475 \begin_inset space ~
36479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36481 reference "sec:Index"
36485 , the nomenclature in section
36486 \begin_inset space ~
36490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36492 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36496 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36497 \begin_inset space ~
36501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36503 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36510 \begin_layout Subsection
36514 \begin_layout Standard
36515 To insert floats, described in section
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36522 reference "sec:Floats"
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36533 \begin_layout Standard
36534 To insert notes, described in section
36535 \begin_inset space ~
36539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36541 reference "sec:Notes"
36548 \begin_layout Subsection
36552 \begin_layout Standard
36553 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36554 \begin_inset space ~
36558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36560 reference "sec:Branches"
36567 \begin_layout Subsection
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36573 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36575 An example is the document class
36576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36583 with three custom insets.
36586 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36592 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36595 \begin_layout Subsection
36597 \begin_inset Index idx
36600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36609 \begin_layout Standard
36610 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36611 files in your document.
36612 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36623 \begin_layout Subsection
36625 \begin_inset Index idx
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36639 \begin_inset space ~
36643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36645 reference "sec:Minipages"
36650 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36661 \begin_layout Subsection
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36666 Inserts a citation as described in section
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36673 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36680 \begin_layout Subsection
36684 \begin_layout Standard
36685 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36692 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36699 \begin_layout Subsection
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36704 Inserts a label as described in section
36705 \begin_inset space ~
36709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36711 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36718 \begin_layout Subsection
36720 \begin_inset Index idx
36723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36730 \begin_inset Index idx
36733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36734 Longtables ! Caption
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36743 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36744 Floats are described in section
36745 \begin_inset space ~
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sec:Floats"
36755 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36766 \begin_layout Subsection
36770 \begin_layout Standard
36771 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36772 \begin_inset space ~
36776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36778 reference "sec:Index"
36785 \begin_layout Subsection
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36791 \begin_inset space ~
36795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36797 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36804 \begin_layout Subsection
36808 \begin_layout Standard
36810 Tables are described in section
36811 \begin_inset space ~
36815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36817 reference "sec:Tables"
36824 \begin_layout Subsection
36828 \begin_layout Standard
36830 Graphics are described in section
36831 \begin_inset space ~
36835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36837 reference "sec:Graphics"
36844 \begin_layout Subsection
36848 \begin_layout Standard
36849 Inserts an URL as described in section
36850 \begin_inset space ~
36854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36856 reference "sub:URLs"
36863 \begin_layout Subsection
36867 \begin_layout Standard
36868 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36869 \begin_inset space ~
36873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36875 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36882 \begin_layout Subsection
36886 \begin_layout Standard
36887 Inserts a footnote, see section
36888 \begin_inset space ~
36892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36894 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36901 \begin_layout Subsection
36905 \begin_layout Standard
36906 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36907 \begin_inset space ~
36911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36913 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36920 \begin_layout Subsection
36924 \begin_layout Standard
36925 Inserts a short title, see section
36926 \begin_inset space ~
36930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36932 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36939 \begin_layout Subsection
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36944 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36945 \begin_inset space ~
36949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36951 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36958 \begin_layout Subsection
36960 \begin_inset Index idx
36963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36972 \begin_layout Standard
36973 Inserts a program listings box.
36974 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36976 Program Code Listings
36985 \begin_layout Subsection
36989 \begin_layout Standard
36990 Inserts the actual date.
36991 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36993 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
37005 \begin_layout Section
37007 \begin_inset Index idx
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37020 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37024 of the current document.
37025 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
37028 \begin_layout Subsection
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37033 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
37034 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
37036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37040 \begin_inset space \space{}
37044 \begin_inset space ~
37048 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37049 \begin_inset space ~
37052 2.5 and use the menu
37055 \begin_inset space ~
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37066 \begin_inset space ~
37072 \begin_inset space ~
37076 \begin_inset space ~
37082 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37086 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37092 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37098 \begin_layout Standard
37099 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37100 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37103 \begin_layout Subsection
37104 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37112 \begin_layout Subsection
37116 \begin_layout Standard
37117 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37118 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37119 on a cross-reference box.
37122 \begin_layout Section
37124 \begin_inset Index idx
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 \begin_layout Subsection
37140 \begin_layout Standard
37141 Change Tracking is described in section
37142 \begin_inset space ~
37146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37148 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37155 \begin_layout Subsection
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37170 \begin_layout Standard
37171 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37173 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37176 \begin_layout Standard
37177 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37182 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37185 \begin_layout Subsection
37189 \begin_layout Standard
37190 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37191 \begin_inset space ~
37195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37197 reference "sec:Navigating"
37202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37204 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37211 \begin_layout Subsection
37212 Start Appendix Here
37215 \begin_layout Standard
37216 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37217 position as described in section
37218 \begin_inset space ~
37222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37224 reference "sec:Appendices"
37231 \begin_layout Subsection
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37236 Un/compresses the current document.
37239 \begin_layout Subsection
37243 \begin_layout Standard
37244 The document settings are described in appendix
37245 \begin_inset space ~
37249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37251 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37258 \begin_layout Section
37260 \begin_inset Index idx
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 \begin_layout Subsection
37276 \begin_layout Standard
37277 Spell checking is explained in section
37278 \begin_inset space ~
37282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37284 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37291 \begin_layout Subsection
37295 \begin_layout Standard
37296 The thesaurus is described in section
37297 \begin_inset space ~
37301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37303 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37310 \begin_layout Subsection
37312 \begin_inset Index idx
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 \begin_inset Index idx
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 \begin_layout Standard
37335 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37336 highlighted document part.
37339 \begin_layout Subsection
37341 \begin_inset Index idx
37344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_layout Standard
37354 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37357 \begin_layout Subsection
37359 \begin_inset Index idx
37362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 Reconfiguration of LyX
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37391 \begin_inset Index idx
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 Reconfiguration of LyX
37403 \begin_layout Standard
37404 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37405 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37406 \begin_inset space ~
37410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37412 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37419 \begin_layout Subsection
37423 \begin_layout Standard
37424 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37431 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37438 \begin_layout Section
37440 \begin_inset Index idx
37443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 \begin_layout Standard
37453 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37457 \begin_layout Standard
37461 \begin_inset space ~
37466 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37467 found by LyX (see also section
37468 \begin_inset space ~
37472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37474 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37481 \begin_layout Section
37483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37485 name "sec:Toolbars"
37492 \begin_layout Standard
37493 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37494 \begin_inset space ~
37498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37500 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37507 \begin_layout Standard
37508 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37509 This is described in the
37511 Additional Features
37516 \begin_layout Subsection
37518 \begin_inset Index idx
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37530 \begin_layout Standard
37531 \begin_inset Graphics
37532 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37540 \begin_layout Standard
37541 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37547 \begin_layout Standard
37548 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 \begin_inset Note Note
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37574 manual for more information.
37582 \begin_layout Standard
37583 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37589 \begin_layout Standard
37590 \begin_inset Tabular
37591 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37592 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 \begin_inset Graphics
37601 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37628 \begin_layout Standard
37629 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37635 \begin_layout Standard
37637 \begin_inset Tabular
37638 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37639 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37640 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37641 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 \begin_inset Graphics
37650 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37677 \begin_inset Graphics
37678 filename ../../images/file-open.png
37687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37705 \begin_inset Graphics
37706 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37721 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 \begin_inset Graphics
37734 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
37743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37749 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 \begin_inset Graphics
37762 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 \begin_inset Graphics
37790 filename ../../images/undo.png
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37817 \begin_inset Graphics
37818 filename ../../images/redo.png
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_inset Graphics
37846 filename ../../images/cut.png
37855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37861 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37873 \begin_inset Graphics
37874 filename ../../images/copy.png
37883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37901 \begin_inset Graphics
37902 filename ../../images/paste.png
37911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 \begin_inset Graphics
37930 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37931 rotateOrigin center
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37946 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37966 \begin_inset Graphics
37967 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37968 rotateOrigin center
37977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37983 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37984 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 \begin_inset Graphics
37997 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
38006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38012 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38014 \begin_inset space ~
38025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 \begin_inset Graphics
38031 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
38040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38046 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38048 \begin_inset space ~
38059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38064 \begin_inset Graphics
38065 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
38074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38078 Formats text using the current settings in the
38080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38082 \begin_inset space ~
38093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38098 \begin_inset Graphics
38099 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
38108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38115 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38117 \begin_inset space ~
38126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 \begin_inset Graphics
38132 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38133 rotateOrigin center
38142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 \begin_inset Graphics
38161 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
38162 rotateOrigin center
38171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 \begin_inset Graphics
38190 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38191 rotateOrigin center
38200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 Toggle outline window on/off,
38206 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 \begin_inset Graphics
38219 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38220 rotateOrigin center
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38233 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 \begin_inset Graphics
38245 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38246 rotateOrigin center
38255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38272 \begin_layout Subsection
38274 \begin_inset Index idx
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 \begin_layout Standard
38287 \begin_inset Graphics
38288 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38296 \begin_layout Standard
38297 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38304 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38308 \begin_layout Standard
38309 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38315 \begin_layout Standard
38316 \begin_inset Tabular
38317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38318 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 \begin_inset Graphics
38327 filename ../../images/layout.png
38328 rotateOrigin center
38337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 \begin_inset Graphics
38353 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38354 rotateOrigin center
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38378 \begin_inset Graphics
38379 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
38380 rotateOrigin center
38389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 \begin_inset Graphics
38405 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
38406 rotateOrigin center
38415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 \begin_inset Graphics
38431 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
38432 rotateOrigin center
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 \begin_inset Graphics
38457 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
38458 rotateOrigin center
38467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38475 \begin_inset space ~
38479 \begin_inset space ~
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
38495 rotateOrigin center
38504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38510 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38516 \begin_inset space ~
38525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38530 \begin_inset Graphics
38531 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
38540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38547 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 \begin_inset Graphics
38560 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38576 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_inset Graphics
38589 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
38598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38616 \begin_inset Graphics
38617 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38644 \begin_inset Graphics
38645 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 \begin_inset Graphics
38673 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
38682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38690 \begin_inset space ~
38699 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38704 \begin_inset Graphics
38705 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
38714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38722 \begin_inset space ~
38731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38736 \begin_inset Graphics
38737 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
38746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38764 \begin_inset Graphics
38765 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38766 rotateOrigin center
38775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38783 \begin_inset space ~
38792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38797 \begin_inset Graphics
38798 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
38807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38814 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38816 \begin_inset space ~
38825 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38830 \begin_inset Graphics
38831 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
38840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38858 \begin_inset Graphics
38859 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
38868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38886 \begin_inset Graphics
38887 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
38896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 \begin_inset Graphics
38930 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38946 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38958 \begin_inset Graphics
38959 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38975 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38977 \begin_inset space ~
38986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 \begin_inset Graphics
38992 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
38993 rotateOrigin center
39002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39010 \begin_inset space ~
39019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39024 \begin_inset Graphics
39025 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
39026 rotateOrigin center
39035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39043 \begin_inset space ~
39052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39057 \begin_inset Graphics
39058 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39059 rotateOrigin center
39068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39074 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39088 \begin_layout Subsection
39089 View / Update Toolbar
39090 \begin_inset Index idx
39093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39094 Toolbar ! View / Update
39102 \begin_layout Standard
39103 \begin_inset Graphics
39104 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39123 \begin_layout Standard
39124 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39131 \begin_inset Tabular
39132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39133 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39134 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39135 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39141 \begin_inset Graphics
39142 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39143 rotateOrigin center
39152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 \begin_inset Graphics
39171 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39172 rotateOrigin center
39181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39187 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39188 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39200 \begin_inset Graphics
39201 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39202 rotateOrigin center
39211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39217 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39229 \begin_inset Graphics
39230 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39231 rotateOrigin center
39240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39246 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39247 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39259 \begin_inset Graphics
39260 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39261 rotateOrigin center
39270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39276 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39288 \begin_inset Graphics
39289 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39290 rotateOrigin center
39299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39305 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39306 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39320 \begin_layout Subsection
39324 \begin_layout Standard
39325 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39326 \begin_inset space ~
39330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39332 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39336 , the table toolbar
39337 \begin_inset Index idx
39340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39350 manual, the math macro toolbar
39351 \begin_inset Index idx
39354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39367 \begin_layout Chapter
39368 The Document Settings
39369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39371 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39376 \begin_inset Index idx
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39380 Document ! Settings
39388 \begin_layout Standard
39389 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39390 whole document and is called with the menu
39392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39396 You can save your document settings as default with th
39398 e Save as Document Defaults
39400 button in the dialog.
39401 This will create a template name
39409 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39413 \begin_layout Standard
39414 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39417 \begin_layout Section
39421 \begin_layout Standard
39422 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39424 Document classes are described in section
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39431 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39436 Some classes use some class options by default.
39437 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39441 and you can decide to use them or not.
39442 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39443 recommended not to touch them.
39444 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39450 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39451 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39457 When you want one of the following drivers
39458 \begin_inset Newline newline
39461 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39462 \begin_inset Newline newline
39465 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39470 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39472 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39484 \begin_layout Standard
39485 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39486 child or subdocument.
39487 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39488 without its master.
39489 This way child documents are always compilable.
39490 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39501 \begin_layout Section
39505 \begin_layout Standard
39506 Modules are explained in section
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39513 reference "sub:Modules"
39520 \begin_layout Section
39524 \begin_layout Standard
39525 The document font settings are described in section
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39532 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39539 \begin_layout Section
39543 \begin_layout Standard
39544 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39546 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39550 \begin_layout Standard
39551 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39552 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39553 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39557 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39565 \begin_layout Section
39569 \begin_layout Standard
39570 A description of this menu is given in section
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39577 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39584 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39591 \begin_layout Section
39595 \begin_layout Standard
39596 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39603 reference "sub:Margins"
39610 \begin_layout Section
39612 \begin_inset Index idx
39615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39616 Language ! Encoding
39624 \begin_layout Standard
39625 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39626 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39627 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39628 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39629 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39630 known for a particular character).
39634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39635 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39636 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39641 manual for details.
39649 \begin_layout Standard
39650 If you use the option
39654 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39655 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39656 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39657 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39658 exactly one encoding.
39659 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39668 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39669 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39671 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39672 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39686 \begin_layout Standard
39687 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39688 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39689 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39690 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39691 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39692 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39697 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39698 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39699 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39702 \begin_layout Standard
39703 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39706 \begin_layout Description
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39723 , but the LaTeX-package
39728 \begin_inset Index idx
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39732 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39738 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39739 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39740 languages in TeX code.
39743 \begin_layout Description
39744 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39745 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39746 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39761 \begin_layout Description
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39767 \begin_inset space ~
39770 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39773 \begin_layout Description
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39778 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39791 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39794 \begin_layout Description
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39803 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39816 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39817 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39820 \begin_layout Description
39822 \begin_inset space ~
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39833 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39834 \begin_inset space ~
39840 \begin_layout Description
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39846 \begin_inset space ~
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39853 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39854 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39857 \begin_layout Description
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39867 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39868 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39873 \begin_inset space ~
39879 \begin_layout Description
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39888 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39889 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39890 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39891 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39902 \begin_layout Description
39904 \begin_inset space ~
39908 \begin_inset space ~
39911 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39914 \begin_layout Description
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39923 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39926 \begin_layout Description
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39932 \begin_inset space ~
39935 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39938 \begin_layout Description
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39943 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39946 \begin_layout Description
39948 \begin_inset space ~
39951 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39954 \begin_layout Description
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39963 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39966 \begin_layout Description
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_layout Description
39980 \begin_inset space ~
39984 \begin_inset space ~
39987 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39990 \begin_layout Description
39992 \begin_inset space ~
39996 \begin_inset space ~
40002 \begin_layout Description
40004 \begin_inset space ~
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40011 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40016 \begin_inset Index idx
40019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40020 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40025 , when using this, set the document language to
40030 \begin_layout Description
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40036 \begin_inset space ~
40039 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40043 , when using this, set the document language to
40048 \begin_layout Description
40050 \begin_inset space ~
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40057 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40062 \begin_inset Index idx
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40066 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40071 , when using this, set the document language to
40076 \begin_layout Description
40078 \begin_inset space ~
40082 \begin_inset space ~
40085 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40089 , when using this, set the document language to
40094 \begin_layout Description
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40103 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40107 , when using this, set the document language to
40112 \begin_layout Description
40114 \begin_inset space ~
40117 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40120 \begin_layout Description
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40133 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40136 \begin_layout Description
40138 \begin_inset space ~
40142 \begin_inset space ~
40146 \begin_inset space ~
40149 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40150 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40151 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40154 \begin_layout Description
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_layout Description
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset space ~
40175 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40176 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40179 \begin_layout Description
40181 \begin_inset space ~
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40188 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40193 \begin_inset Index idx
40196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40202 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40205 \begin_layout Description
40207 \begin_inset space ~
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40214 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40218 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40227 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40228 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40242 \begin_layout Description
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40248 \begin_inset space ~
40251 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40256 \begin_inset Index idx
40259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40265 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40268 \begin_layout Description
40270 \begin_inset space ~
40273 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40278 \begin_inset Index idx
40281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40282 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40288 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40292 \begin_layout Description
40294 \begin_inset space ~
40298 \begin_inset space ~
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40305 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40306 \begin_inset space ~
40312 \begin_layout Description
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40325 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40326 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40327 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40331 \begin_layout Description
40333 \begin_inset space ~
40337 \begin_inset space ~
40341 \begin_inset space ~
40344 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40345 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40348 \begin_layout Section
40352 \begin_layout Standard
40353 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40354 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40355 \begin_inset space ~
40359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40361 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40368 \begin_layout Section
40372 \begin_layout Standard
40373 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40378 \begin_inset Index idx
40381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40382 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40392 \begin_inset Index idx
40395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40396 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40401 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40406 \begin_inset Index idx
40409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40410 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40415 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40417 For a further description see section
40418 \begin_inset space ~
40422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40424 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40431 \begin_layout Section
40435 \begin_layout Standard
40436 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40437 and you can define additional indexes.
40438 Please refer to section
40439 \begin_inset space ~
40443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40445 reference "sec:Index"
40452 \begin_layout Section
40456 \begin_layout Standard
40457 The PDF properties are explained in section
40458 \begin_inset space ~
40462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40464 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40471 \begin_layout Section
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40481 \begin_inset Index idx
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40485 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40495 \begin_inset Index idx
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40499 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40504 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40507 \begin_layout Standard
40512 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40513 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40516 \begin_layout Standard
40521 is used for special integral characters.
40524 \begin_layout Section
40528 \begin_layout Standard
40529 The float placement options are described in section
40530 \begin_inset space ~
40534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40536 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40543 \begin_layout Section
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40549 The itemize environment is described in section
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40556 reference "sec:Itemize"
40563 \begin_layout Section
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 Branches are described in section
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sec:Branches"
40582 \begin_layout Section
40587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40597 \begin_layout Standard
40598 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40599 to define LaTeX-commands.
40600 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40601 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40605 \begin_layout Standard
40606 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40607 \begin_inset space ~
40611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40613 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40620 \begin_layout Chapter
40626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40628 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40633 \begin_inset Index idx
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 \begin_layout Standard
40646 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40648 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40652 It has the following submenus.
40655 \begin_layout Section
40659 \begin_layout Subsection
40663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40664 User Interface File
40665 \begin_inset Index idx
40668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40669 Customization ! of toolbars
40675 \begin_inset Index idx
40678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40679 Customization ! of menus
40687 \begin_layout Standard
40688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40696 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40705 \begin_layout Standard
40706 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40707 interface (ui) file.
40708 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40709 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40718 Both files are loaded by the
40723 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40724 files and edit the entries.
40727 \begin_layout Standard
40728 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40740 entries must be ended with an explicit
40765 and in the case of the
40766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40778 The syntax for the entries is:
40781 \begin_layout Standard
40782 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40812 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40815 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
40817 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40819 \begin_inset space ~
40827 \begin_layout Standard
40828 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40834 \begin_layout Standard
40835 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40837 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40840 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40844 \begin_layout Standard
40845 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40869 \begin_layout Standard
40871 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40874 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40881 \begin_layout Standard
40884 Enable tool tips in main work area
40886 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40894 \begin_layout Standard
40898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40905 restoring of window layout and geometries
40907 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40908 in the last LyX session.
40911 \begin_layout Standard
40914 Restore cursor positions
40916 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40923 Load opened files from last session
40925 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40932 name "sub:Backup documents"
40937 \begin_inset Index idx
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40949 \begin_layout Standard
40954 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40957 \begin_layout Standard
40962 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40965 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40967 \begin_inset space ~
40975 \begin_layout Standard
40978 Open documents in tabs
40980 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40984 \begin_layout Subsection
40986 \begin_inset Index idx
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40998 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
41005 \begin_layout Standard
41006 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
41009 \begin_layout Standard
41010 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41018 This section only deals with the fonts
41023 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41027 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41038 \begin_layout Standard
41039 By default, LyX uses
41043 as roman (serif) font,
41051 (depends on the system) as
41054 \begin_inset space ~
41070 \begin_layout Standard
41071 You can change the font size with the
41076 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41077 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41080 \begin_layout Standard
41085 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41086 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41091 points have the size of 1
41092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41096 \begin_inset space ~
41100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41102 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41109 \begin_layout Standard
41114 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41119 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41120 \begin_inset space ~
41124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41126 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41133 \begin_layout Standard
41136 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41138 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41139 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41140 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41141 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41143 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41144 \begin_inset space ~
41150 \begin_layout Subsection
41152 \begin_inset Index idx
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41162 \begin_inset Index idx
41165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41174 \begin_layout Standard
41175 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41176 Choose an item in the list and use the
41183 \begin_layout Subsection
41185 \begin_inset Index idx
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41197 \begin_layout Standard
41198 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41201 \begin_layout Standard
41206 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41207 This feature is described in section
41208 \begin_inset space ~
41212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41214 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41221 \begin_layout Standard
41225 \begin_inset space ~
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41238 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41241 \begin_layout Section
41243 \begin_inset Index idx
41246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 \begin_layout Subsection
41259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41263 \begin_layout Standard
41266 Cursor follows scrollbar
41268 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41272 \begin_layout Standard
41275 Sort environments alphabetically
41277 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41283 Group environments by their category
41285 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41288 \begin_layout Standard
41289 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41305 \begin_layout Standard
41306 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41311 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41312 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41316 \begin_layout Subsection
41318 \begin_inset Index idx
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 \begin_inset Index idx
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41332 Settings ! Shortcuts
41340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41344 \begin_layout Standard
41345 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41346 Several binding files are available:
41349 \begin_layout Description
41350 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41353 \begin_layout Description
41354 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41365 \begin_layout Description
41366 mac.bind set of bindings for
41369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41377 \begin_layout Standard
41378 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41382 , and bind files for special languages.
41383 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41388 \begin_inset space \space{}
41392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41400 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41404 \begin_layout Standard
41405 Some bind-files, like
41409 , have only a small scope.
41410 When looking at the end of the file
41414 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41421 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41426 \begin_inset Index idx
41429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 Key Bindings ! Editing
41438 \begin_layout Standard
41439 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41440 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41441 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41444 Show key-bindings containing
41447 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41448 Insert there for example as keyword
41449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41456 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41466 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41467 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41471 that you will find in the
41478 \begin_layout Standard
41480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41484 \begin_inset space \space{}
41495 , select the function and press the
41500 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41501 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41502 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41503 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41504 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41506 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41508 The binding for the function
41512 is an example of this.
41515 \begin_layout Standard
41516 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41518 The syntax of the entries is:
41521 \begin_layout Standard
41527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41545 \begin_layout Subsection
41547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41549 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41554 \begin_inset Index idx
41557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 \begin_inset Index idx
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41576 \begin_layout Standard
41577 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41578 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41584 \begin_inset space \space{}
41587 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41588 can use the keyboard map file named
41595 \begin_layout Standard
41596 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41612 \begin_layout Standard
41613 Besides this, you can specify here the
41615 Wheel scrolling speed
41618 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41622 \begin_layout Subsection
41624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41626 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41631 \begin_inset Index idx
41634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41643 \begin_layout Standard
41644 Input completion is described in sec.
41645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41651 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41656 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41658 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41659 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41663 \begin_layout Section
41665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41672 \begin_inset Index idx
41675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 \begin_inset Index idx
41685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41694 \begin_layout Description
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41699 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41700 It is the default when you
41711 \begin_inset space ~
41719 \begin_layout Description
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41724 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41728 \begin_inset space ~
41732 \begin_inset space ~
41740 \begin_layout Description
41742 \begin_inset space ~
41745 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41751 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41755 \begin_inset Newline newline
41759 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41779 \begin_layout Description
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41785 \begin_inset Index idx
41788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41794 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41795 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41796 \begin_inset space ~
41800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41802 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41810 will be used to save the backups.
41811 \begin_inset Newline newline
41814 The backup files have the ending
41815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41825 \begin_layout Description
41830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41837 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41838 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41839 \begin_inset Newline newline
41843 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41851 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41859 \begin_layout Description
41861 \begin_inset space ~
41864 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41867 \begin_layout Description
41869 \begin_inset space ~
41872 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41873 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41874 to find it on the system.
41875 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41876 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41885 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41886 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41890 \begin_layout Section
41894 \begin_layout Standard
41895 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41896 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41898 \begin_inset space ~
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41904 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41908 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41911 \begin_layout Section
41913 \begin_inset Index idx
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41917 Language ! Settings
41923 \begin_inset Index idx
41926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41927 Settings ! Language
41935 \begin_layout Subsection
41939 \begin_layout Description
41941 \begin_inset space ~
41945 \begin_inset space ~
41948 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41949 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41950 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41951 You find the actual translation status here:
41952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41954 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41955 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41962 \begin_layout Description
41964 \begin_inset space ~
41967 language is the language used in new documents
41970 \begin_layout Description
41972 \begin_inset space ~
41975 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41977 The default is the LaTeX-command
41983 that loads the package
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41992 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41993 \begin_inset space ~
41997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41999 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
42009 \begin_inset Newline newline
42016 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
42017 to the document language.
42018 A text label is, for instance, the word
42019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42026 at the beginning of every table caption.
42029 \begin_layout Description
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42034 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42035 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42036 An example is the start command
42042 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42062 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42067 \begin_layout Description
42069 \begin_inset space ~
42077 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42078 command toggles the package on and off.
42081 \begin_layout Description
42083 \begin_inset space ~
42093 \begin_layout Description
42094 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42095 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42096 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42097 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42104 \begin_layout Description
42106 \begin_inset space ~
42109 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42111 When this option is not set, the
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42119 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42120 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42123 \begin_inset space ~
42131 \begin_layout Description
42133 \begin_inset space ~
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42145 When it is not set, the
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42153 is set to the end of the document.
42156 \begin_layout Description
42158 \begin_inset space ~
42162 \begin_inset space ~
42165 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42166 language will be underlined blue.
42169 \begin_layout Description
42171 \begin_inset space ~
42175 \begin_inset space ~
42178 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42179 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42182 \begin_layout Description
42184 \begin_inset space ~
42187 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42188 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42189 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42190 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42193 \begin_layout Subsection
42197 \begin_layout Standard
42198 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42199 \begin_inset space ~
42203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42205 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42212 \begin_layout Section
42216 \begin_layout Subsection
42218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42225 \begin_inset Index idx
42228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42235 \begin_inset Index idx
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42247 \begin_layout Description
42249 \begin_inset space ~
42252 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42253 The name will be used when the
42258 \begin_inset Newline newline
42262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42278 \begin_layout Description
42280 \begin_inset space ~
42284 \begin_inset space ~
42288 \begin_inset space ~
42291 printer This option works only for the
42296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42308 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42309 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42312 \begin_layout Description
42314 \begin_inset space ~
42317 command is the command LyX
42318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42325 LaTeX uses for printing.
42326 The default is on most systems
42333 \begin_layout Description
42335 \begin_inset space ~
42339 \begin_inset space ~
42342 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42343 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42344 of the program that provides the
42351 \begin_layout Subsection
42353 \begin_inset Index idx
42356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 \begin_inset Index idx
42366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42367 Settings ! Date format
42375 \begin_layout Standard
42376 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42377 \begin_inset Newline newline
42381 \begin_inset Flex URL
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42386 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42392 \begin_inset Newline newline
42395 For example the format
42396 \begin_inset Newline newline
42400 \begin_inset Newline newline
42403 prints the date as day/month/year.
42406 \begin_layout Subsection
42410 \begin_layout Description
42412 \begin_inset space ~
42416 \begin_inset space ~
42419 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42422 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42423 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42425 \begin_inset space ~
42431 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42435 \begin_layout Description
42437 \begin_inset space ~
42440 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42445 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42446 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42449 \begin_layout Subsection
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42464 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42469 \begin_inset Index idx
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 \begin_layout Description
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42494 \begin_inset space ~
42497 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42502 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42524 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42537 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42538 LyX sets up in the background.
42539 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42542 \begin_layout Description
42544 \begin_inset space ~
42548 \begin_inset space ~
42551 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42556 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42559 \begin_layout Standard
42560 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42561 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42562 manuals of the applications.
42563 Currently the following commands can be set:
42566 \begin_layout Description
42571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42579 \begin_inset space ~
42582 command Command for the program
42586 that is described in the section
42592 Additional Features
42597 \begin_layout Description
42602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 \begin_inset space ~
42613 command Command for the program
42617 that generates the bibliography, see section
42618 \begin_inset space ~
42622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42624 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42631 \begin_layout Description
42633 \begin_inset space ~
42636 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42637 \begin_inset space ~
42641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42643 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42650 \begin_layout Description
42652 \begin_inset space ~
42655 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42656 \begin_inset space ~
42660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42662 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42669 \begin_layout Description
42671 \begin_inset space ~
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42679 \begin_inset space ~
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42686 options They only have an effect when the program
42690 is used as DVI-viewer.
42693 \begin_layout Standard
42694 There are additionally the following options:
42697 \begin_layout Description
42699 \begin_inset space ~
42703 \begin_inset space ~
42707 \begin_inset space ~
42711 \begin_inset space ~
42715 \begin_inset space ~
42718 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42736 to separate folders.
42737 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42738 \begin_inset Index idx
42741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42748 \begin_inset Index idx
42751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42760 \begin_layout Description
42762 \begin_inset space ~
42766 \begin_inset space ~
42770 \begin_inset space ~
42774 \begin_inset space ~
42778 \begin_inset space ~
42782 \begin_inset space ~
42785 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42790 dialog when changing the document class.
42793 \begin_layout Section
42795 \begin_inset space ~
42799 \begin_inset Index idx
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42811 \begin_layout Subsection
42813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42815 name "sub:Converters"
42820 \begin_inset Index idx
42823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42832 \begin_layout Standard
42833 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42834 from one format to another.
42835 You can modify them or create new ones.
42836 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42843 \begin_inset space ~
42853 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42857 \begin_inset space ~
42862 drop-down list, modify the
42866 field, and press the
42873 \begin_layout Standard
42876 Converter File Cache
42878 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42881 Maximum Age (in days
42884 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42885 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42888 \begin_layout Standard
42889 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42890 the converter definition, is described in the section
42901 \begin_layout Subsection
42903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42905 name "sec:File-Formats"
42910 \begin_inset Index idx
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42920 \begin_inset Index idx
42923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42932 \begin_layout Standard
42933 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42934 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42938 \begin_layout Standard
42939 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42940 is described in the section
42951 \begin_layout Standard
42952 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42953 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42954 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42955 This is done by specifying a
42960 More about this is described in the section
42971 \begin_layout Chapter
42972 Units available in LyX
42973 \begin_inset Index idx
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42985 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42992 \begin_layout Standard
42993 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42996 reference "cap:Units"
43000 explains all units available in LyX.
43003 \begin_layout Standard
43004 \begin_inset Float table
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 \begin_inset Caption
43013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43029 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43037 \begin_inset Tabular
43038 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43039 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43192 scaled point (65536
43193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43253 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43308 % of original image width
43315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43522 \begin_layout Chapter
43524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43533 \begin_layout Standard
43534 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43535 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43538 \begin_layout Itemize
43541 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43544 \begin_layout Itemize
43550 \begin_layout Itemize
43556 \begin_layout Itemize
43562 \begin_layout Itemize
43568 \begin_layout Itemize
43574 \begin_layout Itemize
43580 \begin_layout Itemize
43586 \begin_layout Itemize
43589 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43592 \begin_layout Itemize
43598 \begin_layout Itemize
43604 \begin_layout Itemize
43610 \begin_layout Itemize
43616 \begin_layout Itemize
43622 \begin_layout Itemize
43628 \begin_layout Itemize
43634 \begin_layout Itemize
43640 \begin_layout Itemize
43642 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43651 \begin_layout Standard
43652 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43655 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43662 \begin_layout Bibliography
43663 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43664 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43665 LatexCommand bibitem
43672 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43675 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43680 \begin_inset Newline newline
43684 \begin_inset Flex URL
43687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43689 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43697 \begin_layout Bibliography
43698 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43700 LatexCommand bibitem
43701 key "latexcompanion"
43705 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43707 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43710 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43713 \begin_layout Bibliography
43714 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43715 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43716 LatexCommand bibitem
43721 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43724 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43727 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43730 \begin_layout Bibliography
43731 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43732 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43733 LatexCommand bibitem
43740 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43743 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43746 \begin_layout Bibliography
43747 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43748 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43749 LatexCommand bibitem
43761 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43764 \begin_layout Bibliography
43765 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43766 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43767 LatexCommand bibitem
43773 \begin_inset Newline newline
43777 \begin_inset Flex URL
43780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43782 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43790 \begin_layout Bibliography
43791 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43793 LatexCommand bibitem
43799 \begin_inset Newline newline
43803 \begin_inset Flex URL
43806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43808 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43816 \begin_layout Bibliography
43817 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43818 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43819 LatexCommand bibitem
43825 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43827 name "Documentation"
43828 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43837 \begin_inset Newline newline
43841 \begin_inset Flex URL
43844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43846 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43854 \begin_layout Bibliography
43855 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43856 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43857 LatexCommand bibitem
43863 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43865 name "Documentation"
43866 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43870 how to use the program
43875 \begin_inset Newline newline
43879 \begin_inset Flex URL
43882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43884 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43892 \begin_layout Bibliography
43893 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43894 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43895 LatexCommand bibitem
43901 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43903 name "Documentation"
43904 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
43913 \begin_inset Newline newline
43917 \begin_inset Flex URL
43920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43922 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
43930 \begin_layout Bibliography
43931 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43932 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43933 LatexCommand bibitem
43939 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43941 name "Documentation"
43942 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43951 \begin_inset Newline newline
43955 \begin_inset Flex URL
43958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43960 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43968 \begin_layout Bibliography
43969 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43970 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43971 LatexCommand bibitem
43977 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43979 name "Documentation"
43980 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43984 of the LaTeX-package
43989 \begin_inset Index idx
43992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43993 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43999 \begin_inset Newline newline
44003 \begin_inset Flex URL
44006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44008 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
44016 \begin_layout Bibliography
44017 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44018 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44019 LatexCommand bibitem
44025 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44027 name "Documentation"
44028 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44032 of the LaTeX-package
44037 \begin_inset Index idx
44040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44041 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44047 \begin_inset Newline newline
44051 \begin_inset Flex URL
44054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44056 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44064 \begin_layout Bibliography
44065 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44066 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44067 LatexCommand bibitem
44075 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44077 name "Documentation"
44078 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44084 of the LaTeX-package
44089 \begin_inset Index idx
44092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44093 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44099 \begin_inset Newline newline
44103 \begin_inset Flex URL
44106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44108 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44116 \begin_layout Bibliography
44117 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44118 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44119 LatexCommand bibitem
44125 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44127 name "Documentation"
44128 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44132 of the LaTeX-package
44137 \begin_inset Index idx
44140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44141 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44147 \begin_inset Newline newline
44151 \begin_inset Flex URL
44154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44156 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44164 \begin_layout Bibliography
44165 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44166 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44167 LatexCommand bibitem
44173 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44175 name "Documentation"
44176 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44180 of the LaTeX-package
44185 \begin_inset Index idx
44188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44189 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44195 \begin_inset Newline newline
44199 \begin_inset Flex URL
44202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44204 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44212 \begin_layout Bibliography
44213 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44214 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44215 LatexCommand bibitem
44221 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44224 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44228 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44229 \begin_inset Newline newline
44233 \begin_inset Flex URL
44236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44238 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44246 \begin_layout Bibliography
44247 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44248 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44249 LatexCommand bibitem
44255 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44258 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44262 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44263 \begin_inset Newline newline
44267 \begin_inset Flex URL
44270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44272 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44280 \begin_layout Bibliography
44281 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44282 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44283 LatexCommand bibitem
44289 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44292 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44296 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44297 \begin_inset Newline newline
44301 \begin_inset Flex URL
44304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44306 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44314 \begin_layout Bibliography
44315 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44316 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44317 LatexCommand bibitem
44323 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44326 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44330 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44331 \begin_inset Newline newline
44335 \begin_inset Flex URL
44338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44340 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44348 \begin_layout Bibliography
44349 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44351 LatexCommand bibitem
44357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44360 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44364 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44365 \begin_inset Newline newline
44369 \begin_inset Flex URL
44372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44374 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44382 \begin_layout Bibliography
44383 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44384 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44385 LatexCommand bibitem
44391 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44394 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44398 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44399 \begin_inset Newline newline
44403 \begin_inset Flex URL
44406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44408 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44416 \begin_layout Bibliography
44417 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44418 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44419 LatexCommand bibitem
44425 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44428 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44432 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44433 \begin_inset Newline newline
44437 \begin_inset Flex URL
44440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44442 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44450 \begin_layout Bibliography
44451 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44452 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44453 LatexCommand bibitem
44459 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44462 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44466 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44467 \begin_inset Newline newline
44471 \begin_inset Flex URL
44474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44476 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44484 \begin_layout Bibliography
44485 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44486 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44487 LatexCommand bibitem
44493 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44496 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44500 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44501 \begin_inset Newline newline
44505 \begin_inset Flex URL
44508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44510 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44518 \begin_layout Bibliography
44519 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44520 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44521 LatexCommand bibitem
44527 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44530 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44534 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44535 \begin_inset Newline newline
44539 \begin_inset Flex URL
44542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44544 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44552 \begin_layout Bibliography
44553 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44554 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44555 LatexCommand bibitem
44561 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44564 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
44568 about new features in
44573 \begin_inset Newline newline
44577 \begin_inset Flex URL
44580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44582 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
44590 \begin_layout Standard
44591 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44625 \begin_inset Note Note
44628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44635 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44636 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44637 bibliography is the second one:
44645 \begin_layout Standard
44646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44647 LatexCommand bibtex
44648 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44649 options "biblio/alphadin"
44656 \begin_layout Standard
44657 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44660 \begin_layout Standard
44661 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44662 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44668 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44669 LatexCommand printindex